Prove2Me
Navigate
DiscoverCollectionsFormalpediaBlogsUsersMomentumMy Missions+
Prove2Me
⌕
Log in

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

Probability

1,628 missions · 679 completed

Missions

Open949Completed679All1628
🏆Completed
Dynamic ProgrammingOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Coordinating Inventory Control and Pricing Strategies with Random Demand and Fixed Ordering Cost: The Finite Horizon Case 1: Additive Demand: k-Concave Profit-to-Go, Optimal (s, S, p) PolicyResearch Paper

Motivation

A retailer that sets both its replenishment quantities and its prices over a finite selling season faces a coupled decision: the price shapes the demand that the inventory must serve, and the inventory position shapes which price is worth charging. With a fixed cost per order, the classical inventory answer is the (s, S) policy of Scarf (1960): when the stock falls below a reorder point sss, order up to the level SSS. Thomas (1974) asked what happens when the price is also a decision, and conjectured that an (s, S, p) policy — an (s, S) ordering rule together with a price that depends on the stock level — is optimal "under fairly general conditions". He also gave a counterexample when prices are restricted to a discrete set.

Chen and Simchi-Levi (Operations Research 52(6), 2004) settled the conjecture for the finite horizon. When demand is additive in a random shock, wt=Dt(pt)+βtw_t = D_t(p_t) + \beta_twt​=Dt​(pt​)+βt​, the conjecture holds (§3, Theorem 3.1). When the shock is not additive, it fails, and a weaker policy class is optimal (§4, the second mission of this series). This mission formalizes the additive case.

Timeline:

  • Scarf (1960): (s, S) policies are optimal for the fixed-cost inventory problem, through k-convexity.
  • Thomas (1974): conjectures (s, S, p) optimality with a continuous price range.
  • Federgruen and Heching (1999): joint pricing and inventory without a fixed cost; base-stock list-price policies are optimal.
  • Polatoglu and Sahin (2000): the lost-sales variant; sufficient conditions for (s, S, p) optimality.
  • Chen and Simchi-Levi (2004): (s, S, p) optimality for additive demand with backlogging, and its failure in general.

Setting

There are TTT periods t=1,…,Tt = 1, \dots, Tt=1,…,T. In period ttt the firm starts with inventory xxx, orders up to a level y≥xy \ge xy≥x at cost k δ(y−x)+ct(y−x)k\,\delta(y - x) + c_t(y - x)kδ(y−x)+ct​(y−x), where k≥0k \ge 0k≥0 is a fixed cost, ctc_tct​ a unit cost and δ(u)=1\delta(u) = 1δ(u)=1 if u>0u > 0u>0 and 000 otherwise, and sets a price. Demand is wt=αtDt(pt)+βtw_t = \alpha_t D_t(p_t) + \beta_twt​=αt​Dt​(pt​)+βt​ for a random pair ϵt=(αt,βt)\epsilon_t = (\alpha_t, \beta_t)ϵt​=(αt​,βt​) with Eαt=1\mathbb E\alpha_t = 1Eαt​=1, Eβt=0\mathbb E\beta_t = 0Eβt​=0; in the additive case αt=1\alpha_t = 1αt​=1. Unmet demand is backlogged, and an end-of-period inventory xxx costs ht(x)h_t(x)ht​(x), a convex function.

Since price and expected demand determine each other, the decision is an expected demand d∈[d‾t,dˉt]d \in [\underline d_t, \bar d_t]d∈[d​t​,dˉt​], with price Pt(d)=Dt−1(d)P_t(d) = D_t^{-1}(d)Pt​(d)=Dt−1​(d) and expected revenue Rt(d)=d Pt(d)R_t(d) = d\,P_t(d)Rt​(d)=dPt​(d), assumed concave. With Gt(y,d)=E ht(y−αtd−βt)G_t(y, d) = \mathbb E\,h_t(y - \alpha_t d - \beta_t)Gt​(y,d)=Eht​(y−αt​d−βt​), the profit-to-go functions satisfy vT+1≡0v_{T+1} \equiv 0vT+1​≡0 and, for t=T,…,1t = T, \dots, 1t=T,…,1,

vt(x)=ctx+max⁡y≥x[−k δ(y−x)+gt(y,dt(y))],(2)v_t(x) = c_t x + \max_{y \ge x}\Big[-k\,\delta(y - x) + g_t\big(y, d_t(y)\big)\Big], \qquad (2)vt​(x)=ct​x+y≥xmax​[−kδ(y−x)+gt​(y,dt​(y))],(2) gt(y,d)=Rt(d)−cty+E{−ht(y−αtd−βt)+vt+1(y−αtd−βt)},(3)g_t(y, d) = R_t(d) - c_t y + \mathbb E\big\{-h_t(y - \alpha_t d - \beta_t) + v_{t+1}(y - \alpha_t d - \beta_t)\big\}, \qquad (3)gt​(y,d)=Rt​(d)−ct​y+E{−ht​(y−αt​d−βt​)+vt+1​(y−αt​d−βt​)},(3)

where dt(y)d_t(y)dt​(y) maximizes gt(y,⋅)g_t(y, \cdot)gt​(y,⋅) over [d‾t,dˉt][\underline d_t, \bar d_t][d​t​,dˉt​]. A function fff is k-convex if k+f(z+y)≥f(y)+zb(f(y)−f(y−b))k + f(z + y) \ge f(y) + \frac{z}{b}\big(f(y) - f(y - b)\big)k+f(z+y)≥f(y)+bz​(f(y)−f(y−b)) for all z≥0z \ge 0z≥0, b>0b > 0b>0, yyy (Definition 2.1), and k-concave if −f-f−f is k-convex. Assumptions 3–5 of the paper give GtG_tGt​ the stated one-sided growth limits and polynomial growth O(∣y∣ρ)O(|y|^\rho)O(∣y∣ρ), and give demand a finite ρ\rhoρ-th moment.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.1(c)–(d)

For additive demand and every period ttt: gt(y,⋅)g_t(y, \cdot)gt​(y,⋅) attains its maximum at some dt(y)d_t(y)dt​(y), the functions y↦gt(y,dt(y))y \mapsto g_t(y, d_t(y))y↦gt​(y,dt​(y)) and x↦vt(x)x \mapsto v_t(x)x↦vt​(x) are k-concave, and there exist st≤Sts_t \le S_tst​≤St​ such that

y∗(x)={St,x<st,x,x≥st,y^*(x) = \begin{cases} S_t, & x < s_t,\\ x, & x \ge s_t,\end{cases}y∗(x)={St​,x,​x<st​,x≥st​,​

maximizes −k δ(y−x)+gt(y,dt(y))-k\,\delta(y - x) + g_t(y, d_t(y))−kδ(y−x)+gt​(y,dt​(y)) over y≥xy \ge xy≥x, vt(x)=ctx−k δ(y∗(x)−x)+gt(y∗(x),dt(y∗(x)))v_t(x) = c_t x - k\,\delta(y^*(x) - x) + g_t(y^*(x), d_t(y^*(x)))vt​(x)=ct​x−kδ(y∗(x)−x)+gt​(y∗(x),dt​(y∗(x))), and a best expected demand exists at y∗(x)y^*(x)y∗(x); the price is Dt−1D_t^{-1}Dt−1​ of it.

Milestones

  1. Definitions 2.1 and 2.2 of k-convexity are equivalent.
  2. Lemma 1(d): a continuous coercive k-convex function has the (s, S) shape (already proved on the platform).
  3. Lemma 2: a maximizer dt(y)d_t(y)dt​(y) can be chosen with y−dt(y)y - d_t(y)y−dt​(y) nondecreasing.
  4. Theorem 3.1(a): gt(y,d)=O(∣y∣ρ)g_t(y, d) = O(|y|^\rho)gt​(y,d)=O(∣y∣ρ) and vt(x)=O(∣x∣ρ)v_t(x) = O(|x|^\rho)vt​(x)=O(∣x∣ρ).
  5. Theorem 3.1(b): gtg_tgt​ is continuous, gt(y,d)→−∞g_t(y, d) \to -\inftygt​(y,d)→−∞ as ∣y∣→∞|y| \to \infty∣y∣→∞, and dt(y)d_t(y)dt​(y) exists.
  6. Inequality (7): gt(y,dt(y))g_t(y, d_t(y))gt​(y,dt​(y)) is k-concave when the continuation value is.
  7. The display of vtv_tvt​: its (s, S) form and the transfer of k-concavity from gt(y,dt(y))g_t(y, d_t(y))gt​(y,dt​(y)) to vtv_tvt​.

Significance

The theorem identifies the structure of an optimal policy for a basic model of coordinated pricing and replenishment: two numbers per period determine the ordering decision, and the price is a function of the post-order stock. It confirms Thomas's conjecture in the additive case and tells a computation or an approximation scheme which policy class it may restrict to; §5 of the paper extends it to a nonincreasing fixed cost, the infinite horizon and Markovian demand.

The result is proved in the paper; to our knowledge it has no machine-checked proof. A formalization adds checked versions of the k-convexity toolkit (the equivalence of the two standard definitions; the (s, S) structure lemma), a checked monotone-selection argument for a parametric maximization, and a checked finite-horizon induction in which an expectation, a maximization over a continuous action and a fixed cost interact. The proof of part (a) is omitted in the paper ("similar to that of Theorem 1 in Federgruen and Heching (1999)"), so formalizing it supplies a missing argument.

Difficulty

The obvious argument fails at the expectation. A k-concave function composed with a shift y↦y−d−βy \mapsto y - d - \betay↦y−d−β is k-concave for a fixed ddd, but here the demand decision depends on yyy, and k-concavity, unlike concavity, is not preserved under an arbitrary reparametrization: Definition 2.2 is asymmetric in its two points. The inequality needed for the continuation value requires the post-demand levels y−dt(y)−βty - d_t(y) - \beta_ty−dt​(y)−βt​ to be ordered like the inventory levels yyy. That is the content of Lemma 2, and it uses additivity; for multiplicative demand the ordering fails, and so does the theorem (§4).

The second difficulty is analytic: each step of the induction needs a continuous continuation value of polynomial growth, so that the expectation in (3) is finite and continuous, the maximum over ddd is attained, and gtg_tgt​ is coercive.

Formalization scope

The model is a structure of real data indexed by t∈Nt \in \mathbb Nt∈N, with periods 1,…,T1, \dots, T1,…,T; the law of (αt,βt)(\alpha_t, \beta_t)(αt​,βt​) is a probability measure on R2\mathbb R^2R2 and expectations are Bochner integrals. The formalization works in expected-demand space d∈[d‾t,dˉt]d \in [\underline d_t, \bar d_t]d∈[d​t​,dˉt​], equivalent to price space because DtD_tDt​ is a continuous strictly decreasing bijection. Additivity is "αt=1\alpha_t = 1αt​=1 almost surely". The profit-to-go is defined by recursion on the number of periods to go, with vT+1=0v_{T+1} = 0vT+1​=0. Maxima are written as real suprema; every target that uses them asserts that they are attained, so the convention that an unbounded supremum is 000 never enters. k-convexity is the platform's BertsekasKConvex (Definition 2.1); k-concavity of fff is k-convexity of −f-f−f.

Conventions and restrictions relative to the printed page:

  • O(∣y∣ρ)O(|y|^\rho)O(∣y∣ρ) is an explicit bound C(1+∣y∣ρ)C(1 + |y|^\rho)C(1+∣y∣ρ) with ρ∈N\rho \in \mathbb Nρ∈N, uniform in ddd.
  • Assumption 5, printed E{Dt(p,ϵt)}ρ<∞E\{D_t(p, \epsilon_t)\}^\rho < \inftyE{Dt​(p,ϵt​)}ρ<∞, is read as E∣αtd+βt∣ρ<∞\mathbb E|\alpha_t d + \beta_t|^\rho < \inftyE∣αt​d+βt​∣ρ<∞.
  • Integrability of ht(y−αtd−βt)h_t(y - \alpha_t d - \beta_t)ht​(y−αt​d−βt​) is part of Assumption 4, and Theorem 3.1(a) also asserts that the expectation of vt+1v_{t+1}vt+1​ in (3) is finite.
  • Added hypotheses: cT+1=0c_{T+1} = 0cT+1​=0 (the paper uses cT+1c_{T+1}cT+1​ without defining it), ct≥0c_t \ge 0ct​≥0 (used in the proof of part (b); without it gtg_tgt​ need not tend to −∞-\infty−∞), and k≥0k \ge 0k≥0.
  • Independence across periods is not stated; the dynamic program uses only each period's marginal law.
  • The paper writes st<Sts_t < S_tst​<St​ in the proof; for k=0k = 0k=0 equality is possible, so the targets use st≤Sts_t \le S_tst​≤St​.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: the targets assert attainment of every maximum they mention and the identity between vt(x)v_t(x)vt​(x) and the maximized objective, so a supremum that defaults to 000, or an integral of a non-integrable function, cannot make them hold vacuously; and the assumptions are satisfiable (a one-period instance with h(x)=∣x∣h(x) = |x|h(x)=∣x∣ meets all of them).

A complete development needs: continuity of parametric integrals under polynomial domination; attainment of maxima over compact intervals; Topkis-style monotone selection for functions with increasing differences; the (s, S) structure lemma for k-convex functions (proved on the platform); and the closure of k-concavity under the operations above. The k-convexity results and the monotone-selection lemma are reusable for the general-demand mission of this series and for other fixed-cost inventory models. Contributions to any milestone are welcome, including proofs that rely on platform results by Topkis (Supermodularity.Monotonicity.argmax_increasing_of_increasing_differences).

Selected references

  • X. Chen, D. Simchi-Levi, Coordinating Inventory Control and Pricing Strategies with Random Demand and Fixed Ordering Cost: The Finite Horizon Case, Operations Research 52(6), 887–896, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1040.0127
  • H. Scarf, The Optimality of (S, s) Policies in the Dynamic Inventory Problem, in Mathematical Methods in the Social Sciences, Stanford University Press, 1960.
  • L. J. Thomas, Price and Production Decisions with Random Demand, Operations Research 22, 513–518, 1974.
  • E. L. Porteus, On the Optimality of Generalized (s, S) Policies, Management Science 17, 411–426, 1971.
  • A. Federgruen, A. Heching, Combined Pricing and Inventory Control Under Uncertainty, Operations Research 47(3), 454–475, 1999. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.47.3.454
  • H. Polatoglu, I. Sahin, Optimal Procurement Policies under Price-Dependent Demand, International Journal of Production Economics 65, 141–171, 2000.
  • D. M. Topkis, Supermodularity and Complementarity, Princeton University Press, 1998.
  • D. P. Bertsekas, Dynamic Programming and Optimal Control, Vol. I, Athena Scientific, 1995.
11 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Convex OptimizationOperations ResearchStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Data-Driven Robust Optimization VI: The Moment Set U^CS Has Support Function μ̂ᵀv + Γ₁‖v‖ + √(1/ε − 1)‖Cv‖, an Upper Bound on the Worst-Case Value at RiskResearch Paper

Motivation

In robust optimization, a constraint is checked against every parameter value in an uncertainty set. This turns uncertainty into a deterministic optimization problem, but the set must be chosen carefully: a large set can make decisions unnecessarily conservative, while a small one can miss likely outcomes. Bertsimas, Gupta and Kallus use data to calibrate sets through statistical confidence regions. Their question is whether feasibility for every parameter in the set protects a decision against a fresh uncertain outcome with a specified probability. This mission treats the part of their construction based on estimated first and second moments. Bertsimas, Gupta and Kallus, §8.1.

The moment region originates in a concentration result attributed in the paper to Shawe-Taylor and Cristianini. That result bounds the distance between sample and population means and covariances when the uncertain vector is supported in a Euclidean ball. Bertsimas, Gupta and Kallus also discuss replacing those analytic thresholds with bootstrap thresholds; they describe the resulting coverage as approximate. The present target concerns the mathematical relation between a fixed moment region and its uncertainty set, leaving the statistical calibration of the thresholds to its cited source. Shawe-Taylor and Cristianini, 2003; Bertsimas, Gupta and Kallus, pp. 24–25.

Setting

Let the uncertain vector u~\tilde uu~ take values in Rd\mathbb R^dRd. A probability law PPP belongs to the moment confidence region PCS\mathcal P^{CS}PCS when it is supported in the Euclidean ball of radius RRR, its mean mPm_PmP​ is within Γ1\Gamma_1Γ1​ of an estimate μ^\hat\muμ^​, and its covariance SPS_PSP​ is within Γ2\Gamma_2Γ2​ of an estimate Σ^\hat\SigmaΣ^ in Frobenius norm. The covariance is SP=EP[u~u~⊤]−mPmP⊤S_P=\mathbb E_P[\tilde u\tilde u^\top]-m_Pm_P^\topSP​=EP​[u~u~⊤]−mP​mP⊤​. The thresholds Γ1,Γ2\Gamma_1,\Gamma_2Γ1​,Γ2​ are nonnegative and can be chosen by either calibration procedure discussed in the paper. Bertsimas, Gupta and Kallus, Theorem 9 and (33).

For a vector vvv, Value at Risk VaR⁡εP(v)\operatorname{VaR}^{P}_{\varepsilon}(v)VaRεP​(v) is the smallest threshold ttt for which P(u~⊤v≤t)≥1−εP(\tilde u^\top v\le t)\ge1-\varepsilonP(u~⊤v≤t)≥1−ε. The support function of a set U\mathcal UU is δ∗(v∣U)=sup⁡u∈Uu⊤v\delta^*(v\mid\mathcal U)=\sup_{u\in\mathcal U}u^\top vδ∗(v∣U)=supu∈U​u⊤v. The authors construct the set

UεCS={μ^+y+C⊤w:∥y∥2≤Γ1, ∥w∥2≤1/ε−1},C⊤C=Σ^+Γ2I.\mathcal U^{CS}_{\varepsilon} =\{\hat\mu+y+C^\top w:\|y\|_2\le\Gamma_1,\ \|w\|_2\le\sqrt{1/\varepsilon-1}\}, \qquad C^\top C=\hat\Sigma+\Gamma_2 I.UεCS​={μ^​+y+C⊤w:∥y∥2​≤Γ1​, ∥w∥2​≤1/ε−1​},C⊤C=Σ^+Γ2​I.

Here 0<ε<10<\varepsilon<10<ε<1 is the allowed violation probability, III is the identity matrix, and CCC is a matrix factor of the adjusted covariance. The estimates and CCC stay fixed while ε\varepsilonε varies. Bertsimas, Gupta and Kallus, (34)–(35).

Formalization targets

The first milestone bounds the quantile for every law in the moment region:

VaR⁡εP(v)≤μ^⊤v+Γ1∥v∥2+1−εεv⊤(Σ^+Γ2I)v(P∈PCS).\operatorname{VaR}^{P}_{\varepsilon}(v)\le \hat\mu^\top v+\Gamma_1\|v\|_2+ \sqrt{\frac{1-\varepsilon}{\varepsilon}} \sqrt{v^\top(\hat\Sigma+\Gamma_2I)v} \quad(P\in\mathcal P^{CS}).VaRεP​(v)≤μ^​⊤v+Γ1​∥v∥2​+ε1−ε​​v⊤(Σ^+Γ2​I)v​(P∈PCS).

The second milestone evaluates the two linear maxima over the Euclidean balls in UεCS\mathcal U^{CS}_{\varepsilon}UεCS​ and identifies ∥Cv∥2\|Cv\|_2∥Cv∥2​ with the quadratic form above. The goal, the deterministic part of Theorem 10, says the displayed bound equals δ∗(v∣UεCS)\delta^*(v\mid\mathcal U^{CS}_{\varepsilon})δ∗(v∣UεCS​) for every vvv, while the set is nonempty, convex and compact. This gives the support-function criterion of Theorem 1 for each law in the region. A companion formalizes Theorem 13(a): the resulting support constraint is separately convex in (v,t)(v,t)(v,t) and in ε\varepsilonε for 0<ε<3/40<\varepsilon<3/40<ε<3/4. Bertsimas, Gupta and Kallus, Theorems 10 and 13(a).

Significance

The support formula turns a distributional statement about an entire region of probability laws into a deterministic bound on a linear projection. It gives the robust model an explicit quantity to compare with a constraint threshold. The companion convexity result describes which risk levels allow separate convex optimization in the decision variables and the violation probability. Together they explain why the particular set in (35) is useful beyond the fact that it contains plausible uncertain vectors. Bertsimas, Gupta and Kallus, §§8.1 and 9.

The paper proves the mathematical construction and cites statistical results for the region's coverage. In Lean, the published Value-at-Risk and support-function definitions are already available, while this paper's moment region and set (35) need their own definitions. Formalizing the result therefore establishes a reusable interface between moment bounds, quantiles and set support. The theorem statements in this proposal are open proof targets; compiling them checks their types, not their proofs.

Difficulty

A bound on the mean and covariance does not directly bound a high quantile of every projection. The bound must work simultaneously for every probability law in the moment region, including discrete laws and singular covariances. The factor (1−ε)/ε\sqrt{(1-\varepsilon)/\varepsilon}(1−ε)/ε​ is essential: replacing it by a standard deviation or a Gaussian quantile would change the claim. On the set side, the ordinary norm of a Lean function vector is a sup norm, whereas both balls in (35) are Euclidean. Getting the norm wrong changes the support function. Bertsimas, Gupta and Kallus, (34)–(35).

Formalization scope

Vectors are functions on Fin d, whose coordinates start at zero. enorm and frob explicitly compute the Euclidean and Frobenius norms. The ball-support condition in PCS\mathcal P^{CS}PCS secures finite first and second moments; no density is assumed. The goal fixes R≥0R\ge0R≥0, Γ1,Γ2≥0\Gamma_1,\Gamma_2\ge0Γ1​,Γ2​≥0, 0<ε<10<\varepsilon<10<ε<1, and C⊤C=Σ^+Γ2IC^\top C=\hat\Sigma+\Gamma_2IC⊤C=Σ^+Γ2​I. This factor relation makes the quadratic form nonnegative; a separate positive-semidefinite assumption on Σ^\hat\SigmaΣ^ is unnecessary. The matrix need not be triangular because (35) and its support depend on C⊤CC^\top CC⊤C. The uncertainty set's nonemptiness and compactness appear in the goal so the real support-function supremum cannot take Lean's default value for an empty or unbounded set.

Theorem 10's sampling claim is represented by its deterministic criterion for each P∈PCSP\in\mathcal P^{CS}P∈PCS. The confidence-region coverage of Theorem 9 is cited, and the bootstrap coverage discussed on p. 25 is approximate; neither is asserted as an exact probability theorem here. Equation (34) prints an equality for a supremum over PCS\mathcal P^{CS}PCS, yet that region restricts support to a ball, and the page does not establish attainment under that restriction. This mission uses the upper-bound direction needed for Theorem 10 and does not assert the equality or Remark 16's exact equivalence. The scope includes a sharp quantile bound, the exact support formula and the 3/43/43/4 convexity range; a definition that merely makes the claim true by construction would miss these targets. Bertsimas, Gupta and Kallus, pp. 24–25 and 29.

Selected references

  • D. Bertsimas, V. Gupta and N. Kallus, Data-Driven Robust Optimization, arXiv:1401.0212v2, 2014; revised in Mathematical Programming 167 (2018), 235–292. arXiv preprint.
  • J. Shawe-Taylor and N. Cristianini, Estimating the Moments of a Random Vector with Applications, 2003. University of Southampton ePrint.
  • G. C. Calafiore and L. El Ghaoui, On Distributionally Robust Chance-Constrained Linear Programs, Journal of Optimization Theory and Applications 130 (2006), 1–22. DOI.
6 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Convex OptimizationOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Data-Driven Robust Optimization I: An Uncertainty Set Whose Support Function Dominates Value at Risk Implies a Probabilistic Guarantee for Every Concave ConstraintResearch Paper

Motivation

Robust optimization replaces an uncertain constraint f(u~,x)≤0f(\tilde{\mathbf u},\mathbf x)\le 0f(u~,x)≤0, whose parameter u~∈Rd\tilde{\mathbf u}\in\mathbb R^du~∈Rd is random, by the requirement that the constraint hold for every u\mathbf uu in a chosen uncertainty set U\mathcal UU:

f(u,x)≤0∀ u∈U.f(\mathbf u,\mathbf x)\le 0\qquad\forall\,\mathbf u\in\mathcal U .f(u,x)≤0∀u∈U.

The resulting problem is deterministic and, for many shapes of U\mathcal UU, tractable (Ben-Tal, El Ghaoui and Nemirovski, Robust Optimization, 2009). The modelling question it leaves open is how to choose U\mathcal UU. A set that is too large makes every solution conservative; a set that is too small gives no protection. The practitioner's real requirement is usually probabilistic: a robust feasible x\mathbf xx should violate the uncertain constraint with probability at most ϵ\epsilonϵ.

Bertsimas, Gupta and Kallus (Data-Driven Robust Optimization, arXiv:1401.0212v2, 2014; Math. Program. 167, 2018) build uncertainty sets directly from data so that this requirement holds with high confidence. Their whole construction rests on one characterization, Theorem 1 of the paper, of when a set carries such a guarantee. This mission formalizes that characterization and the two results (Theorems 2 and 3) that turn it into a data-driven recipe.

Earlier work used the "if" direction of the characterization for bi-affine constraints when designing sets for specific distributional assumptions (Ben-Tal et al., 2009; Chen, Sim and Sun, Oper. Res. 55, 2007). The extension to every constraint concave in u\mathbf uu is due to Bertsimas, Gupta and Kallus.

Setting

Let P\mathbb PP be a probability measure on Rd\mathbb R^dRd, the law of u~\tilde{\mathbf u}u~, and fix a level 0<ϵ<10<\epsilon<10<ϵ<1. Throughout, f(u,x)f(\mathbf u,\mathbf x)f(u,x) is concave in u\mathbf uu for every value of the decision variable x∈Rk\mathbf x\in\mathbb R^kx∈Rk.

The support function of a set U⊆Rd\mathcal U\subseteq\mathbb R^dU⊆Rd is

δ∗(v∣U)=sup⁡u∈UvTu,v∈Rd.\delta^*(\mathbf v\mid\mathcal U)=\sup_{\mathbf u\in\mathcal U}\mathbf v^T\mathbf u,\qquad\mathbf v\in\mathbb R^d .δ∗(v∣U)=u∈Usup​vTu,v∈Rd.

The Value at Risk of the linear loss u~Tv\tilde{\mathbf u}^T\mathbf vu~Tv at level ϵ\epsilonϵ is

VaRϵP(v)=inf⁡{t: P(u~Tv≤t)≥1−ϵ}.\mathrm{VaR}^{\mathbb P}_\epsilon(\mathbf v)=\inf\{t:\ \mathbb P(\tilde{\mathbf u}^T\mathbf v\le t)\ge 1-\epsilon\}.VaRϵP​(v)=inf{t: P(u~Tv≤t)≥1−ϵ}.

A set U\mathcal UU implies a probabilistic guarantee at level ϵ\epsilonϵ for P\mathbb PP (property (P2) of the paper) if for every kkk, every f(u,x)f(\mathbf u,\mathbf x)f(u,x) concave in u\mathbf uu for each x∈Rk\mathbf x\in\mathbb R^kx∈Rk, and every x∗∈Rk\mathbf x^*\in\mathbb R^kx∗∈Rk,

f(u,x∗)≤0  ∀u∈U⟹P(f(u~,x∗)≤0)≥1−ϵ.(2)f(\mathbf u,\mathbf x^*)\le0\ \ \forall\mathbf u\in\mathcal U\quad\Longrightarrow\quad\mathbb P\big(f(\tilde{\mathbf u},\mathbf x^*)\le0\big)\ge1-\epsilon. \tag{2}f(u,x∗)≤0  ∀u∈U⟹P(f(u~,x∗)≤0)≥1−ϵ.(2)

A function is bi-affine if it has the form f(u,x)=uTFx+fuTu+fxTx+f0f(\mathbf u,\mathbf x)=\mathbf u^TF\mathbf x+\mathbf f_u^T\mathbf u+\mathbf f_x^T\mathbf x+f_0f(u,x)=uTFx+fuT​u+fxT​x+f0​.

In the data-driven setting, P∗\mathbb P^*P∗ is unknown and a sample S=(u^1,…,u^N)\mathcal S=(\hat{\mathbf u}^1,\dots,\hat{\mathbf u}^N)S=(u^1,…,u^N) is drawn i.i.d. from it. The paper's schema fixes 0<α<10<\alpha<10<α<1, takes the confidence region P(S)\mathcal P(\mathcal S)P(S) of a hypothesis test at level α\alphaα, and builds a closed convex set U(S)\mathcal U(\mathcal S)U(S) whose support function bounds VaRϵP(v)\mathrm{VaR}^{\mathbb P}_\epsilon(\mathbf v)VaRϵP​(v) for every P∈P(S)\mathbb P\in\mathcal P(\mathcal S)P∈P(S) and every v\mathbf vv.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1

(a) If U\mathcal UU is nonempty, convex and compact and

δ∗(v∣U)≥VaRϵP(v)∀ v∈Rd,\delta^*(\mathbf v\mid\mathcal U)\ge\mathrm{VaR}^{\mathbb P}_\epsilon(\mathbf v)\qquad\forall\,\mathbf v\in\mathbb R^d,δ∗(v∣U)≥VaRϵP​(v)∀v∈Rd,

then U\mathcal UU implies a probabilistic guarantee at level ϵ\epsilonϵ for P\mathbb PP.

(b) If U\mathcal UU is nonempty and δ∗(v∣U)<VaRϵP(v)\delta^*(\mathbf v\mid\mathcal U)<\mathrm{VaR}^{\mathbb P}_\epsilon(\mathbf v)δ∗(v∣U)<VaRϵP​(v) for some v\mathbf vv at which δ∗(v∣U)\delta^*(\mathbf v\mid\mathcal U)δ∗(v∣U) is finite, then some bi-affine fff violates (2).

Milestones toward the goal

The proof in the electronic companion (EC.1.1) is a short chain, and its steps are the milestones: the attainment property of VaR, P(u~Tv>VaRϵP(v))≤ϵ\mathbb P(\tilde{\mathbf u}^T\mathbf v>\mathrm{VaR}^{\mathbb P}_\epsilon(\mathbf v))\le\epsilonP(u~Tv>VaRϵP​(v))≤ϵ (already proved on the platform); a strict separating hyperplane between U\mathcal UU and the superlevel set {f(⋅,x∗)≥t}\{f(\cdot,\mathbf x^*)\ge t\}{f(⋅,x∗)≥t}; the bound P(f(u~,x∗)≥t)≤ϵ\mathbb P(f(\tilde{\mathbf u},\mathbf x^*)\ge t)\le\epsilonP(f(u~,x∗)≥t)≤ϵ for t>0t>0t>0; its limit P(f(u~,x∗)>0)≤ϵ\mathbb P(f(\tilde{\mathbf u},\mathbf x^*)>0)\le\epsilonP(f(u~,x∗)>0)≤ϵ; and, for part (b), the witness f(u,x)=vTu−xf(\mathbf u,x)=\mathbf v^T\mathbf u-xf(u,x)=vTu−x at x∗=δ∗(v∣U)x^*=\delta^*(\mathbf v\mid\mathcal U)x∗=δ∗(v∣U).

Companions: Theorems 2 and 3

Theorem 2: with probability at least 1−α1-\alpha1−α over the sample, U(S)\mathcal U(\mathcal S)U(S) implies a probabilistic guarantee at level ϵ\epsilonϵ for P∗\mathbb P^*P∗. Theorem 3: if the region does not depend on ϵ\epsilonϵ, then with probability at least 1−α1-\alpha1−α the whole family {U(S,ϵ):0<ϵ<1}\{\mathcal U(\mathcal S,\epsilon):0<\epsilon<1\}{U(S,ϵ):0<ϵ<1} implies the guarantee simultaneously (a), and every x\mathbf xx satisfying the level-optimized constraints (9) satisfies the joint chance constraint

P∗(max⁡j=1,…,mfj(u~,x)≤0)≥1−ϵˉ(7)\mathbb P^*\Big(\max_{j=1,\dots,m}f_j(\tilde{\mathbf u},\mathbf x)\le0\Big)\ge1-\bar\epsilon \tag{7}P∗(j=1,…,mmax​fj​(u~,x)≤0)≥1−ϵˉ(7)

(b).

Significance

Theorem 1(a) is what certifies every uncertainty set in the paper: the χ2\chi^2χ2 and GGG sets for discrete distributions, the Kolmogorov–Smirnov and forward–backward sets for independent marginals, the marginal-sample box and the moment sets. Each construction reduces to proving one inequality between a support function and a Value at Risk, which is a statement about a single linear functional, and Theorem 1(a) lifts it to every concave constraint at once. Part (b) shows the condition cannot be dropped even for bi-affine constraints. Theorems 2 and 3 separate the statistical input (coverage of a confidence region) from the convex-analytic input (the support-function bound), and Theorem 3(b) is what allows the levels ϵj\epsilon_jϵj​ of a system of constraints to be optimized after seeing the data.

The results are proved in the paper. None of them has a machine-checked proof; the only formalized ingredient is the attainment property of VaR, which is on the platform as a proved theorem. The formalization provides a checked bridge from support-function bounds to probabilistic guarantees that the other missions of this series (II–VI) use to state their own results in the criterion form VaR≤δ∗\mathrm{VaR}\le\delta^*VaR≤δ∗.

Difficulty

The informal argument is short; the difficulty is in the infinite-dimensional bookkeeping that the page leaves implicit. The superlevel set {f(⋅,x∗)≥t}\{f(\cdot,\mathbf x^*)\ge t\}{f(⋅,x∗)≥t} need not be bounded, so the strict separation must use compactness of U\mathcal UU alone. Closedness of this set and measurability of {f(u~,x∗)≤0}\{f(\tilde{\mathbf u},\mathbf x^*)\le0\}{f(u~,x∗)≤0} depend on concave functions on Rd\mathbb R^dRd being continuous. The passage t↓0t\downarrow0t↓0 is continuity of a measure along an increasing union. The attainment of the infimum in the definition of VaR requires right-continuity of distribution functions. A naive attempt to separate U\mathcal UU from the zero superlevel set {f≥0}\{f\ge0\}{f≥0} directly fails, because the two sets may touch.

Formalization scope

Rd\mathbb R^dRd is Fin d → ℝ; u~\tilde{\mathbf u}u~ is the identity map; vTu\mathbf v^T\mathbf uvTu is the dot product u ⬝ᵥ v. The Value at Risk is the published MultistageStochastic.valueAtRisk at level 1−ϵ1-\epsilon1−ϵ, and the support function is the published RobustMDP.Shared.supportFunction. Both are real-valued sInf/sSup, which return 000 on empty or unbounded sets, so every statement assumes 0<ϵ<10<\epsilon<10<ϵ<1, a probability measure, and an uncertainty set that is nonempty and compact (Theorem 1(a), Theorems 2–3) or nonempty with {vTu:u∈U}\{\mathbf v^T\mathbf u:\mathbf u\in\mathcal U\}{vTu:u∈U} bounded above in the direction considered (Theorem 1(b)). In Theorem 1(b) and its witness this is the paper's own requirement that δ∗(v∣U)\delta^*(\mathbf v\mid\mathcal U)δ∗(v∣U) be finite, which its strict inequality with a real VaR forces and its proof uses by treating δ∗(v∣U)\delta^*(\mathbf v\mid\mathcal U)δ∗(v∣U) as a real number. Part (b) is printed with U∗\mathcal U^*U∗, a slip for U\mathcal UU; the proof's separation step prints both inequalities in the same direction, a slip corrected in the strict separation milestone.

Property (P2) quantifies over the dimension kkk of the decision variable, every function concave in u\mathbf uu for each x\mathbf xx, and every x∗\mathbf x^*x∗. Restricting it to affine fff or to k=0k=0k=0 would trivialize part (a) and falsify part (b), and is ruled out by the definition.

In Theorems 2 and 3 the sample is Fin N → (Fin d → ℝ) with the product law Measure.pi; the confidence region and the uncertainty set are arbitrary maps of the sample, and the coverage PS∗(P∗∈P(S))≥1−α\mathbb P^*_{\mathcal S}(\mathbb P^*\in\mathcal P(\mathcal S))\ge1-\alphaPS∗​(P∗∈P(S))≥1−α is a hypothesis, never the conclusion's event. Step 2 of the schema is stated with g=δ∗(⋅∣U(S))g=\delta^*(\cdot\mid\mathcal U(\mathcal S))g=δ∗(⋅∣U(S)) directly. The sets are assumed nonempty and compact (Step 3 says closed and convex; a finite support function that bounds VaR forces nonemptiness and boundedness). Theorem 3(b) reads the levels ϵj\epsilon_jϵj​ in (0,1)(0,1)(0,1), where the family is defined. Probabilities of events in the sample space are outer measures, so no measurability hypotheses are needed.

A complete development needs strict separation of a compact convex set from a closed convex set (Mathlib's geometric_hahn_banach_compact_closed), continuity of concave functions on finite-dimensional spaces, and the attainment property of VaR. Contributions are welcome on all milestones; the separation and limit steps are reusable for any chance-constraint argument based on support functions.

Selected references

  • D. Bertsimas, V. Gupta, N. Kallus, Data-Driven Robust Optimization, arXiv:1401.0212v2, 2014; Mathematical Programming 167:235–292, 2018. https://arxiv.org/abs/1401.0212
  • A. Ben-Tal, L. El Ghaoui, A. Nemirovski, Robust Optimization, Princeton University Press, 2009. https://doi.org/10.1515/9781400831050
  • X. Chen, M. Sim, P. Sun, A Robust Optimization Perspective on Stochastic Programming, Operations Research 55(6):1058–1071, 2007. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1070.0441
12 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Markov ChainOperations ResearchStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Reversibility and Stochastic Networks VII: Clustering Processes — Poisson Product-Form Equilibrium of the Open Clustering ProcessTextbook

Motivation

Many systems consist of units that form themselves into clusters: individuals at a gathering forming conversational groups, monomers forming polymers, particles coagulating and fragmenting. Chapter 8 of F. P. Kelly, Reversibility and Stochastic Networks (Wiley, 1979) treats such clustering processes as Markov processes whose state counts the clusters of each type, and shows that when the process is reversible its equilibrium distribution has an explicit product form. The chapter opens with a model of social grouping (§8.1), develops a general basic model (§8.2) and later applies it to polymerization (§8.4).

The basic model sits in the same family as the migration processes and queueing networks of the earlier chapters: the method is to guess reversibility, solve the detailed balance equations, and normalize. Its specific feature is that the transitions are unions and break-ups of clusters, with rates quadratic in the cluster counts, rather than movements of single individuals.

Setting

There is a countable collection of cluster types rrr. A state is a vector m=(mr)m = (m_r)m=(mr​) of non-negative integers, mrm_rmr​ being the number of rrr-clusters present, with only finitely many mrm_rmr​ non-zero. For cluster types r,s,ur, s, ur,s,u let ere_rer​ be the rrr-th unit vector and

Rursm=m−er−es+eu,Rrsum=m+er+es−eu,R^{rs}_u m = m - e_r - e_s + e_u, \qquad R^u_{rs} m = m + e_r + e_s - e_u,Rurs​m=m−er​−es​+eu​,Rrsu​m=m+er​+es​−eu​,

the union of an rrr-cluster with an sss-cluster into a uuu-cluster, and the break-up of a uuu-cluster into an rrr-cluster and an sss-cluster. Given non-negative parameters λrsu=λsru\lambda_{rsu} = \lambda_{sru}λrsu​=λsru​ and μrsu=μsru\mu_{rsu} = \mu_{sru}μrsu​=μsru​, the clustering process has transition rates

q(m,Rursm)=λrsumrms (r≠s),q(m,Rurrm)=λrrumr(mr−1),q(m,Rrsum)=μrsumu.(8.3)q(m, R^{rs}_u m) = \lambda_{rsu} m_r m_s \ (r \ne s), \qquad q(m, R^{rr}_u m) = \lambda_{rru} m_r(m_r - 1), \qquad q(m, R^u_{rs} m) = \mu_{rsu} m_u. \qquad (8.3)q(m,Rurs​m)=λrsu​mr​ms​ (r=s),q(m,Rurr​m)=λrru​mr​(mr​−1),q(m,Rrsu​m)=μrsu​mu​.(8.3)

A closed clustering process lives on a finite irreducible state space S\mathcal SS. The open clustering process additionally lets one-clusters enter at rate ν\nuν and leave at rate μm1\mu m_1μm1​,

q(m,m+e1)=ν,q(m,m−e1)=μm1,(8.7)q(m, m + e_1) = \nu, \qquad q(m, m - e_1) = \mu m_1, \qquad (8.7)q(m,m+e1​)=ν,q(m,m−e1​)=μm1​,(8.7)

and its state space is the countable set of all mmm with ∑rmr\sum_r m_r∑r​mr​ finite, every state being reachable from every other.

An equilibrium distribution is a collection of positive numbers π(m)\pi(m)π(m) summing to one that satisfies the equilibrium equations π(m)∑m′q(m,m′)=∑m′π(m′)q(m′,m)\pi(m)\sum_{m'} q(m, m') = \sum_{m'} \pi(m') q(m', m)π(m)∑m′​q(m,m′)=∑m′​π(m′)q(m′,m); the process is reversible in equilibrium exactly when π\piπ satisfies the detailed balance conditions π(m)q(m,m′)=π(m′)q(m′,m)\pi(m) q(m, m') = \pi(m') q(m', m)π(m)q(m,m′)=π(m′)q(m′,m).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 8.2 (p. 164)

If there are positive numbers crc_rcr​ with

ν=c1μ,λrsucrcs=cuμrsu,(8.8)∑rcr<∞,(8.9)\nu = c_1 \mu, \qquad \lambda_{rsu} c_r c_s = c_u \mu_{rsu}, \qquad (8.8) \qquad \sum_r c_r < \infty, \qquad (8.9)ν=c1​μ,λrsu​cr​cs​=cu​μrsu​,(8.8)r∑​cr​<∞,(8.9)

then the open clustering process has equilibrium distribution

π(m)=∏re−crcrmrmr!,(8.10)\pi(m) = \prod_{r} e^{-c_r} \frac{c_r^{m_r}}{m_r!}, \qquad (8.10)π(m)=r∏​e−cr​mr​!crmr​​​,(8.10)

it is reversible, and the counts m1,m2,…m_1, m_2, \dotsm1​,m2​,… are independent, mrm_rmr​ being Poisson with mean crc_rcr​.

Milestones

  • Eq. (8.6): under (8.4), crcsλrsu=cuμrsuc_r c_s \lambda_{rsu} = c_u \mu_{rsu}cr​cs​λrsu​=cu​μrsu​, the weights ∏rcrmr/mr!\prod_r c_r^{m_r}/m_r!∏r​crmr​​/mr​! satisfy the detailed balance conditions for the rates (8.3) on the whole state space.
  • Theorem 8.1 (p. 163): under (8.4) the closed clustering process is reversible with equilibrium distribution π(m)=B∏rcrmr/mr!\pi(m) = B\prod_r c_r^{m_r}/m_r!π(m)=B∏r​crmr​​/mr​! on S\mathcal SS.
  • Eq. (8.2) (p. 161): the social grouping model with MMM individuals has equilibrium π(m)=B∏i1mi!(βα i!)mi\pi(m) = B \prod_{i} \frac{1}{m_i!}\bigl(\frac{\beta}{\alpha\, i!}\bigr)^{m_i}π(m)=B∏i​mi​!1​(αi!β​)mi​ on {m:∑iimi=M}\{m : \sum_i i m_i = M\}{m:∑i​imi​=M}.
  • Eq. (8.9) (p. 164): the product-form weights are summable over the finitely supported states if and only if ∑rcr<∞\sum_r c_r < \infty∑r​cr​<∞, and then (8.10) sums to one.

Significance

Theorem 8.2 gives the equilibrium of a whole class of coagulation–fragmentation dynamics in closed form: the cluster counts are independent Poisson variables, and the equation system (8.8) is the only thing to solve. Quantities such as the expected number of clusters of each type, or the proportion of units in clusters of a given size, are then read off directly. Theorem 8.1 gives the corresponding result for a closed system, where the normalizing constant couples the types; opening the system removes that coupling. The results are the base of the polymerization models of §8.4 and of the later literature on reversible coagulation–fragmentation processes.

The results are proved in the book, with short proofs that state the detailed balance computation is "readily verified". To our knowledge they have no machine-checked proof. The work this mission asks for is the formal verification of that computation for the aggregated rate function, including unions in which two clusters of the same type meet, and the normalization of an infinite product over a countable set of types, which the book takes for granted.

Difficulty

The book calls the detailed balance computation readily verified; the bookkeeping is where a formal check can fail. Two different unions, or a break-up and the entry of a one-cluster, can lead from the same state to the same state when a cluster type is reproduced by the transition, so the rate between two states is a sum over transitions, and the identity has to be checked for the sums, not for single transitions. The same-type case r=sr = sr=s carries the falling factorial mr(mr−1)m_r(m_r - 1)mr​(mr​−1) rather than mr2m_r^2mr2​.

The normalization is the second difficulty. The state space of the open process is countably infinite, the product (8.10) runs over infinitely many types, and the interchange ∑m∏r=∏r∑n\sum_m \prod_r = \prod_r \sum_{n}∑m​∏r​=∏r​∑n​ that makes it sum to one requires (8.9). Without (8.9) the weights are not summable; this is the content of the book's remark that (8.9) is necessary.

Formalization scope

Cluster types are an arbitrary countable type R carrying a linear order, used only to count each unordered pair of types once. States are finitely supported vectors R →₀ ℕ. The rate q(m,m′)q(m, m')q(m,m′) is the sum of the rates (8.3) of all unions and break-ups taking mmm to m′m'm′, plus, for the open process, the rates (8.7); a transition is present only when the clusters it consumes exist, and q(m,m)=0q(m, m) = 0q(m,m)=0 holds because every transition changes the number of clusters. The one-cluster type is a distinguished element one. The closed state space is a finite non-empty set closed under positive-rate transitions and irreducible. The open process carries the book's assumptions that every state is reachable from every other and that the total rate out of each state is finite.

The statements are at the level of rates: reversibility is detailed balance for a positive, normalized π\piπ, the equivalence with reversibility of the stationary process being Kelly's Theorem 1.3. That π\piπ is the law of a stationary Markov process with these rates is not formalized. Independence and the Poisson laws are stated as the joint law of every finite set of counts. A formalization in which crc_rcr​ may vanish, in which detailed balance is imposed only for a degenerate choice of rates, or in which (8.10) is not normalized does not meet the goal: the crc_rcr​ are positive, the rates are arbitrary non-negative symmetric parameters, and both detailed balance and total mass one are required.

The development uses the published definitions KellyStochasticNetworks_Balance (detailed balance and the equilibrium equations) and the proved implication from detailed balance to the equilibrium equations. Lemmas on summing products over finitely supported vectors, and on infinite products of exponentials, are reusable beyond this mission. Lemma 8.3, a partial converse to Theorem 8.1, is not part of this mission; a faithful statement of it, with the units structure of the clusters, is a welcome addition.

Selected references

  • F. P. Kelly, Reversibility and Stochastic Networks, Wiley, Chichester, 1979, Chapter 8. Reissued by Cambridge University Press, 2011. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511564246 (author's copy: http://www.statslab.cam.ac.uk/~frank/BOOKS/kelly_book.html)
  • P. Whittle, Systems in Stochastic Equilibrium, Wiley, 1986 (reversible models of association and polymerization). ISBN 978-0-471-90887-0.
  • F. P. Kelly and E. Yudovina, Stochastic Networks, Cambridge University Press, 2014 (detailed balance and the equilibrium equations used here). https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781139565363
8 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Markov ChainOperations ResearchStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Reversibility and Stochastic Networks II: Migration Processes with Blocking — Reversibility and Product-Form EquilibriumTextbook

Motivation

A migration process is a continuous-time Markov model of a population spread over JJJ sites, called colonies, in which individuals move one at a time: between colonies, out of the system, or into it from outside. The model was introduced by Whittle (1967) and Kingman (1969) and is the framework of Chapter 2 of F. P. Kelly, Reversibility and Stochastic Networks (Wiley, 1979). It covers closed and open networks of queues (Jackson networks), linear population models and the movement of particles between cells. Its central fact is that the equilibrium distribution is a product form: the joint law of the colony sizes factorizes into one term per colony, and for open processes the colony sizes are independent in equilibrium.

In the migration processes of Chapter 2 the rate at which an individual leaves colony jjj depends on the number njn_jnj​ there, but not on the number already present in the colony it joins. Chapter 6 (§6.1) lifts this restriction. The rate of a move into colony kkk is multiplied by a function ψk(nk)\psi_k(n_k)ψk​(nk​) of the receiving colony's occupancy, which can model blocking (a crowded colony slows arrivals) or attraction (as in the models of social grouping of §6.2). The price is that product form survives only under a reversibility condition on the routing parameters. This mission formalizes the two theorems of §6.1 on top of the already-formalized results of Chapter 2.

Timeline. Whittle (1967) and Kingman (1969) introduced migration processes and their product-form equilibria; Kelly (1976) treated networks of queues with general routes; Kelly (1979, Ch. 2) states the closed and open product forms (Theorems 2.3, 2.4) and the time reversal of an open process (Theorem 2.5); Kelly (1979, §6.1) states the reversible versions with receiving-colony dependence (Theorems 6.1, 6.2).

Setting

There are JJJ colonies. The state is n=(n1,…,nJ)∈NJn = (n_1,\dots,n_J) \in \mathbb{N}^Jn=(n1​,…,nJ​)∈NJ, with njn_jnj​ the number of individuals in colony jjj. Three operators change the state by one individual: TjknT_{jk}nTjk​n moves one individual from colony jjj to colony kkk, Tj⋅nT_{j\cdot}nTj⋅​n removes one from colony jjj, and T⋅knT_{\cdot k}nT⋅k​n adds one to colony kkk.

The model is given by non-negative constants λjk\lambda_{jk}λjk​ (with λjj=0\lambda_{jj} = 0λjj​=0), μj\mu_jμj​, νk\nu_kνk​, and functions φj,ψj:N→R\varphi_j,\psi_j : \mathbb{N}\to\mathbb{R}φj​,ψj​:N→R with φj(0)=0\varphi_j(0) = 0φj​(0)=0, φj(n)>0\varphi_j(n) > 0φj​(n)>0 for n>0n > 0n>0, and ψj(n)>0\psi_j(n) > 0ψj​(n)>0 for all n≥0n \ge 0n≥0. A closed reversible migration process with NNN individuals has state space S={n:∑jnj=N}\mathcal{S} = \{n : \sum_j n_j = N\}S={n:∑j​nj​=N} and transition rates

q(n,Tjkn)=λjk φj(nj) ψk(nk).(6.2)q(n, T_{jk}n) = \lambda_{jk}\,\varphi_j(n_j)\,\psi_k(n_k). \qquad (6.2)q(n,Tjk​n)=λjk​φj​(nj​)ψk​(nk​).(6.2)

An open reversible migration process has state space NJ\mathbb{N}^JNJ and, in addition to (6.2), the rates

q(n,Tj⋅n)=μj φj(nj)(6.5),q(n,T⋅kn)=νk ψk(nk)(6.6).q(n, T_{j\cdot}n) = \mu_j\,\varphi_j(n_j) \quad (6.5), \qquad q(n, T_{\cdot k}n) = \nu_k\,\psi_k(n_k) \quad (6.6).q(n,Tj⋅​n)=μj​φj​(nj​)(6.5),q(n,T⋅k​n)=νk​ψk​(nk​)(6.6).

The parameters are required to make the process irreducible: in the closed case an individual can pass between any two colonies along pairs with λab>0\lambda_{ab} > 0λab​>0; in the open case it can reach every colony from outside and leave from every colony. Setting ψj≡1\psi_j \equiv 1ψj​≡1 recovers the migration processes of Chapter 2.

Given positive constants α1,…,αJ\alpha_1,\dots,\alpha_Jα1​,…,αJ​, the candidate equilibrium is

π(n)=B∏j=1J{αjnj∏r=1njψj(r−1)φj(r)},(6.3)\pi(n) = B\prod_{j=1}^{J}\Bigl\{\alpha_j^{n_j}\prod_{r=1}^{n_j}\frac{\psi_j(r-1)}{\varphi_j(r)}\Bigr\}, \qquad (6.3)π(n)=Bj=1∏J​{αjnj​​r=1∏nj​​φj​(r)ψj​(r−1)​},(6.3)

with BBB chosen so that π\piπ sums to one over the state space.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 6.2 (open process)

If positive αj\alpha_jαj​ satisfy

αjλjk=αkλkj(6.4),αjμj=νj(6.7),\alpha_j\lambda_{jk} = \alpha_k\lambda_{kj} \quad (6.4), \qquad \alpha_j\mu_j = \nu_j \quad (6.7),αj​λjk​=αk​λkj​(6.4),αj​μj​=νj​(6.7),

and every colony series gj=∑m≥0αjm∏r=1mψj(r−1)/φj(r)g_j = \sum_{m\ge 0}\alpha_j^m\prod_{r=1}^m \psi_j(r-1)/\varphi_j(r)gj​=∑m≥0​αjm​∏r=1m​ψj​(r−1)/φj​(r) converges, then (6.3) with B=∏jgj−1B = \prod_j g_j^{-1}B=∏j​gj−1​ is in detailed balance with the rates (6.2), (6.5), (6.6), satisfies the equilibrium equations, is positive and sums to one, and under it n1,…,nJn_1,\dots,n_Jn1​,…,nJ​ are independent with marginals πj(m)=gj−1αjm∏r=1mψj(r−1)/φj(r)\pi_j(m) = g_j^{-1}\alpha_j^m\prod_{r=1}^m\psi_j(r-1)/\varphi_j(r)πj​(m)=gj−1​αjm​∏r=1m​ψj​(r−1)/φj​(r).

Milestones

  • Theorem 2.3: the closed migration process (ψ≡1\psi\equiv 1ψ≡1) has equilibrium of the form (2.3).
  • Theorem 2.4: the open migration process has independent colonies with marginals bjαjnj/∏r=1njφj(r)b_j\alpha_j^{n_j}/\prod_{r=1}^{n_j}\varphi_j(r)bj​αjnj​​/∏r=1nj​​φj​(r).
  • Theorem 2.5: the reversal of a stationary open migration process is an open migration process.
  • Theorem 6.1: the closed process with rates (6.2) is reversible under (6.4), with equilibrium (6.3) on S\mathcal{S}S.

Theorems 2.3–2.5 are already proved on the platform and enter as references.

Significance

The result. Theorem 6.2 shows that product form and independence of colony sizes are not tied to routing that ignores the destination's occupancy. Any positive ψk\psi_kψk​ is allowed, provided the routing is reversible in the sense of (6.4) and (6.7). This is what makes the social-grouping models of §6.2 and the clustering models of Chapter 8 tractable, and it identifies (6.4) as the structural condition: Exercise 6.1.1 shows that without it the process cannot be reversible. Through Theorem 1.3 of the book, detailed balance also gives that the stationary process looks the same run backwards in time.

Formalization. The Chapter 2 results (Theorems 2.3–2.5) are formalized and proved on the platform, at the level of transition rates, in the KellyStochasticNetworks series. Theorems 6.1 and 6.2 are not formalized anywhere to our knowledge. The new work is the detailed-balance verification with the receiving-colony factor, the normalization over the finite set S\mathcal{S}S in the closed case, and the summation over the countable space NJ\mathbb{N}^JNJ with the marginal computation that expresses independence in the open case.

Difficulty

The equilibrium equations of a migration process with blocking have no simple solution in general (p. 135); a direct attack on the full balance equations does not close. Detailed balance is a local condition, but the formal statement has to be careful with transitions that do not exist: a move out of an empty colony, a departure that would make a count negative, and the coincidences between operators at the boundary (Tjkn=T⋅knT_{jk}n = T_{\cdot k}nTjk​n=T⋅k​n when nj=0n_j = 0nj​=0). In the open case the bookkeeping is in infinite sums: positivity and normalization need convergence of each colony series, and independence needs the marginal of π\piπ on one colony to be computed as a sum over the remaining J−1J-1J−1 coordinates.

Formalization scope

Colonies are Fin J; states are Fin J → ℕ; rates are real-valued functions of two states, assembled as sums of indicator terms over the possible transitions, reusing the operators Tjk, Tout, Tin and the predicates DetailedBalance, FullBalance of the published definitions KellyStochasticNetworks_Migration and KellyStochasticNetworks_Balance. Transitions out of an empty colony carry the factor φj(0)=0\varphi_j(0) = 0φj​(0)=0 and so vanish. The hypotheses λjj=0\lambda_{jj} = 0λjj​=0, non-negativity of the rates, positivity of φj(n)\varphi_j(n)φj​(n) (n>0n>0n>0), ψj(n)\psi_j(n)ψj​(n) (n≥0n\ge0n≥0) and αj\alpha_jαj​, and the book's irreducibility requirements are binders of each theorem.

The statements are at the level of transition rates: "reversible" is read as detailed balance of the equilibrium distribution, and "equilibrium distribution" as positive, summing to one, and satisfying the equilibrium equations. The stochastic process itself is not constructed. In the closed case the distribution lives on NJ\mathbb{N}^JNJ and vanishes off S\mathcal{S}S, which is equivalent because every transition preserves ∑jnj\sum_j n_j∑j​nj​; J≥1J \ge 1J≥1 is assumed so that S\mathcal{S}S is nonempty. In the open case stationarity is the convergence of each colony series, carried as HasSum hypotheses with sums gjg_jgj​.

The normalizing constant is never free: π≡0\pi \equiv 0π≡0 satisfies detailed balance, so a statement that leaves BBB unconstrained, or omits the factor ψk(nk)\psi_k(n_k)ψk​(nk​) from (6.2), (6.6) and (6.3), is not this theorem. Contributions welcome: proofs of Theorem 6.1 and 6.2, reusable lemmas on detailed balance for indicator-sum rates, and on products of summable families over Fin J → ℕ.

Selected references

  • F. P. Kelly, Reversibility and Stochastic Networks, Wiley, 1979; reprinted Cambridge University Press, 2011. Chapters 2 and 6. http://www.statslab.cam.ac.uk/~frank/BOOKS/kelly_book.html
  • J. F. C. Kingman, Markov population processes, Journal of Applied Probability 6 (1969), 1–18. https://doi.org/10.2307/3212273
  • F. P. Kelly, Networks of queues, Advances in Applied Probability 8 (1976), 416–432. https://doi.org/10.2307/1426136
  • P. Whittle, Nonlinear migration processes, Bulletin of the International Statistical Institute 42 (1967).
  • F. P. Kelly and E. Yudovina, Stochastic Networks, Cambridge University Press, 2014, Chapter 2. http://www.statslab.cam.ac.uk/~frank/STOCHNET/
9 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Machine LearningOptimizationStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Variance-based Regularization with Convex Objectives III: Localized-Rademacher Risk Bounds for the Robust MinimizerResearch Paper

Why variance-regularized risk bounds

In statistical learning, one picks a function fff from a class F\mathcal FF to make the population risk E[f]\mathbb E[f]E[f] small, with access only to an i.i.d. sample x1,…,xnx_1,\dots,x_nx1​,…,xn​ from an unknown distribution PPP. Empirical risk minimization replaces E[f]\mathbb E[f]E[f] by the empirical mean EP^n[f]\mathbb E_{\widehat P_n}[f]EPn​​[f], and its classical guarantees decay like 1/n1/\sqrt n1/n​ regardless of how concentrated fff is. Bernstein-type inequalities show that the deviation of EP^n[f]\mathbb E_{\widehat P_n}[f]EPn​​[f] from E[f]\mathbb E[f]E[f] scales with the standard deviation of fff, so a procedure that minimizes "empirical risk plus a standard-deviation penalty" can, in principle, achieve faster rates when the variance at the optimum is small (Maurer and Pontil, 2009). The penalized objective is non-convex even when every fff is convex in its parameters, which makes it hard to optimize.

J. C. Duchi and H. Namkoong (arXiv:1610.02581v3, 2017) replace the penalty by a distributionally robust objective: the worst-case risk over all reweightings of the sample within a χ2\chi^2χ2-divergence ball. This objective is convex whenever the losses are, and (Theorem 1 of the paper) it equals the empirical mean plus a standard-deviation penalty up to an error of order 1/n1/n1/n. This mission formalizes the paper's guarantee for the minimizer of that robust objective in terms of localized Rademacher complexities (Section 3.2, Theorem 4), the sharpest of the paper's three generalization analyses. It is the third of four missions on the paper.

Setting

Let PPP be a probability measure on a measurable space X\mathcal XX and x1,…,xnx_1,\dots,x_nx1​,…,xn​, n≥1n\ge1n≥1, an i.i.d. sample from PPP with empirical distribution P^n\widehat P_nPn​. Let M≥1M\ge1M≥1 and let F\mathcal FF be a collection of measurable functions f:X→[0,M]f:\mathcal X\to[0,M]f:X→[0,M] (losses).

  • The χ2\chi^2χ2 ball of radius ρ≥0\rho\ge0ρ≥0 is the set Pn\mathcal P_nPn​ of weight vectors p∈Rnp\in\mathbb R^np∈Rn with pi≥0p_i\ge0pi​≥0, ∑ipi=1\sum_ip_i=1∑i​pi​=1 and 12∑i(npi−1)2≤ρ\frac12\sum_i(np_i-1)^2\le\rho21​∑i​(npi​−1)2≤ρ; equivalently, the distributions PPP on the sample with Dϕ(P∥P^n)≤ρ/nD_\phi(P\|\widehat P_n)\le\rho/nDϕ​(P∥Pn​)≤ρ/n for ϕ(t)=12(t−1)2\phi(t)=\frac12(t-1)^2ϕ(t)=21​(t−1)2.
  • The robust risk of fff is sup⁡P: Dϕ(P∥P^n)≤ρ/nEP[f]=sup⁡p∈Pn∑ipif(xi)\sup_{P:\,D_\phi(P\|\widehat P_n)\le\rho/n}\mathbb E_P[f]=\sup_{p\in\mathcal P_n}\sum_ip_if(x_i)supP:Dϕ​(P∥Pn​)≤ρ/n​EP​[f]=supp∈Pn​​∑i​pi​f(xi​), and a robust minimizer f^\widehat ff​ minimizes it over F\mathcal FF.
  • The empirical Rademacher complexity is Rn(F)=Eε[sup⁡f∈F1n∑iεif(xi)]\mathfrak R_n(\mathcal F)=\mathbb E_\varepsilon\big[\sup_{f\in\mathcal F}\frac1n\sum_i\varepsilon_if(x_i)\big]Rn​(F)=Eε​[supf∈F​n1​∑i​εi​f(xi​)] with i.i.d. uniform signs εi∈{−1,1}\varepsilon_i\in\{-1,1\}εi​∈{−1,1}, and E[Rn(F)]\mathbb E[\mathfrak R_n(\mathcal F)]E[Rn​(F)] averages it over the sample.
  • A function ψ:R+→R+\psi:\mathbb R_+\to\mathbb R_+ψ:R+​→R+​ is sub-root if it is nonnegative, nondecreasing, and r↦ψ(r)/rr\mapsto\psi(r)/\sqrt rr↦ψ(r)/r​ is nonincreasing on r>0r>0r>0.
  • The localization inequality (20) asks that, for all r≥0r\ge0r≥0,
ψn(r) ≥ E[Rn({cf:f∈F, c∈[0,1], E[c2f2]≤r})],\psi_n(r)\ \ge\ \mathbb E\big[\mathfrak R_n(\{cf : f\in\mathcal F,\ c\in[0,1],\ \mathbb E[c^2f^2]\le r\})\big],ψn​(r) ≥ E[Rn​({cf:f∈F, c∈[0,1], E[c2f2]≤r})],

with ψn\psi_nψn​ sub-root, and rn⋆>0r_n^\star>0rn⋆​>0 is a point with rn⋆≥ψn(rn⋆)r_n^\star\ge\psi_n(r_n^\star)rn⋆​≥ψn​(rn⋆​).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4, inequality (23), as its proof establishes it

Let 0<t<n0<t<n0<t<n and let ρ\rhoρ satisfy (21): ρn≥8(45Mn(t+log⁡⌈log⁡nt⌉)+18rn⋆)\frac\rho n\ge8\big(\frac{45M}n\big(t+\log\lceil\log\frac nt\rceil\big)+18r_n^\star\big)nρ​≥8(n45M​(t+log⌈logtn​⌉)+18rn⋆​). With probability at least 1−4e−t1-4e^{-t}1−4e−t, every robust minimizer f^\widehat ff​ satisfies

E[f^] ≤ (1+22ρn)inf⁡f∈F(E[f]+182ρ45nVar(f))+(14+62ρn)M(3ρ+t)n.\mathbb E[\widehat f]\ \le\ \Big(1+2\sqrt{\tfrac{2\rho}n}\Big)\inf_{f\in\mathcal F}\Big(\mathbb E[f]+\sqrt{\tfrac{182\rho}{45n}\mathrm{Var}(f)}\Big)+\Big(14+6\sqrt{\tfrac{2\rho}n}\Big)\frac{M(3\rho+t)}n .E[f​] ≤ (1+2n2ρ​​)f∈Finf​(E[f]+45n182ρ​Var(f)​)+(14+6n2ρ​​)nM(3ρ+t)​.

Milestones

In attack order: Bousquet's form of Talagrand's inequality (Lemma B.2); the elementary root bound (Lemma D.4); the contraction principle (Lemma D.5, a published theorem); the uniform Bernstein inequality with Rademacher complexity (Lemma D.1); its localized version in terms of rn⋆r_n^\starrn⋆​ (Lemma D.2); localized second-moment bounds (Lemma D.3); the deterministic expansion (10) of Theorem 1,

(2ρnsn2−2Mρn)+≤sup⁡PEP[Z]−EP^n[Z]≤2ρnsn2;\Big(\sqrt{\tfrac{2\rho}n s_n^2}-\tfrac{2M\rho}n\Big)_+\le\sup_{P}\mathbb E_P[Z]-\mathbb E_{\widehat P_n}[Z]\le\sqrt{\tfrac{2\rho}ns_n^2};(n2ρ​sn2​​−n2Mρ​)+​≤Psup​EP​[Z]−EPn​​[Z]≤n2ρ​sn2​​;

and the uniform bound (22): with probability at least 1−2e−t1-2e^{-t}1−2e−t, for all f∈Ff\in\mathcal Ff∈F,

E[f]≤(1+22ρn)sup⁡P: Dϕ(P∥P^n)≤ρ/nEP[f]+(13+42ρn)Mρn.\mathbb E[f]\le\Big(1+2\sqrt{\tfrac{2\rho}n}\Big)\sup_{P:\,D_\phi(P\|\widehat P_n)\le\rho/n}\mathbb E_P[f]+\Big(13+4\sqrt{\tfrac{2\rho}n}\Big)\frac{M\rho}n .E[f]≤(1+2n2ρ​​)P:Dϕ​(P∥Pn​)≤ρ/nsup​EP​[f]+(13+4n2ρ​​)nMρ​.

Significance

The bound (23) says that the robust minimizer competes with the best trade-off between risk and standard deviation in the class, and that the complexity of the class enters only through the fixed point rn⋆r_n^\starrn⋆​ of a localized complexity bound. For bounded VC classes rn⋆r_n^\starrn⋆​ is of order dlog⁡(n/d)n\frac{d\log(n/d)}nndlog(n/d)​ (Bartlett, Bousquet and Mendelson, 2005, Corollary 3.7), so when the optimal function has small variance the excess risk is of order ρ/n\rho/nρ/n, faster than the 1/n1/\sqrt n1/n​ of uniform covering arguments; and localized complexities apply to classes, such as balls of reproducing kernel Hilbert spaces, whose covering numbers are too large for the covering-number analysis of the paper's Theorem 3 (mission II of this series).

The paper's result is proved, not open. No part of it, and none of the localized-complexity machinery of Bartlett, Bousquet and Mendelson, is formalized in Lean or Mathlib to our knowledge. The mission produces a checked version of the theorem with every constant explicit and, along the way, the localization lemmas D.1–D.3, which are reusable for any localized-complexity analysis. Reading the proof also exposed three arithmetic slips in the printed statements; the mission states what the proof establishes (see Formalization scope).

Difficulty

The obvious route applies a uniform concentration inequality to F\mathcal FF and then a Bernstein bound to each fff. Talagrand's inequality applied to the whole class gives a deviation governed by the largest variance in the class and by the global complexity E[Rn(F)]\mathbb E[\mathfrak R_n(\mathcal F)]E[Rn​(F)], which yields only 1/n1/\sqrt n1/n​ rates. Obtaining a deviation that scales with each function's own second moment requires peeling the class into shells of comparable second moment and a fixed-point argument on the sub-root bound, with a union bound whose cost appears as log⁡⌈log⁡nt⌉\log\lceil\log\frac nt\rceillog⌈logtn​⌉. The two directions of the localized inequalities (population to sample, and sample to population for second moments) must then be combined with the deterministic expansion (10) while keeping the constants explicit. A further subtlety is the self-normalized rescaling f↦r/(E[f2]∨r) ff\mapsto\sqrt{r/(\mathbb E[f^2]\vee r)}\,ff↦r/(E[f2]∨r)​f, which differs from the variance normalization of Bartlett et al. and is what makes the bound compatible with the robust objective.

Formalization scope

Lean conventions. The sample is the coordinate map of the product measure PnP^nPn on Fin n → X. Distributions on the sample are weight vectors in the χ2\chi^2χ2 ball; the robust risk is the real supremum over that ball (attained, since the ball is nonempty and compact for n≥1n\ge1n≥1, ρ≥0\rho\ge0ρ≥0). Population means and variances are ∫ x, f x ∂P and ProbabilityTheory.variance f P for measurable bounded fff; empirical means and variances are normalized by 1/n1/n1/n. The empirical Rademacher complexity is the published UnderstandingML_Rademacher definition evaluated on {(f(x1),…,f(xn))}\{(f(x_1),\dots,f(x_n))\}{(f(x1​),…,f(xn​))}. Its expectation is a Bochner integral, and every hypothesis that bounds it also asserts that the integrand is integrable: otherwise the integral is 000, (20) would hold for free, and the theorem would be false. Probability bounds are stated for the failure event under PnP^nPn (an outer measure when the event is not measurable). The goal speaks about every minimizer of the robust risk, so it is not vacuous when the set of minimizers is empty. The condition rn⋆>0r_n^\star>0rn⋆​>0 is part of the page's "root" (and the proof divides by rn⋆\sqrt{r_n^\star}rn⋆​​); with rn⋆=0r_n^\star=0rn⋆​=0 allowed, ψ(r)=r\psi(r)=\sqrt rψ(r)=r​ would remove the complexity term from (21). The condition t<nt<nt<n makes log⁡⌈log⁡nt⌉\log\lceil\log\frac nt\rceillog⌈logtn​⌉ defined.

Corrections of printed statements, each recorded in the item's docstring and Formalization Note (the milestone texts stay verbatim):

  • (22) is stated with probability 1−2e−t1-2e^{-t}1−2e−t; the paper prints 1−e−t1-e^{-t}1−e−t, and its proof (p. 41) concludes 1−2e−t1-2e^{-t}1−2e−t.
  • (23) is stated with probability 1−4e−t1-4e^{-t}1−4e−t (printed 1−3e−t1-3e^{-t}1−3e−t; the proof adds two fixed-fff events to the two of (22)) and with 182ρ45n\frac{182\rho}{45n}45n182ρ​ (printed 91ρ45n\frac{91\rho}{45n}45n91ρ​; the proof's step ρ+t≤91ρ/45\sqrt\rho+\sqrt t\le\sqrt{91\rho/45}ρ​+t​≤91ρ/45​ multiplies 2Var(f)/n\sqrt{2\mathrm{Var}(f)/n}2Var(f)/n​).
  • Lemma D.3 is stated with the additive term 72M2(1+η)rn⋆+(4(1+η)+143)M2tn72M^2(1+\eta)r_n^\star+(4(1+\eta)+\frac{14}3)\frac{M^2t}n72M2(1+η)rn⋆​+(4(1+η)+314​)nM2t​ and, in the reversed direction, the coefficient 1+11+η1+\frac1{1+\eta}1+1+η1​, as its proof yields (printed: Mtn(4+73M)\frac{Mt}n(4+\frac73M)nMt​(4+37​M) and 1+η1+η1+\frac\eta{1+\eta}1+1+ηη​), under Theorem 4's standing hypothesis M≥1M\ge1M≥1.
  • Lemma D.5 is linked to the published contraction lemma UnderstandingML.contraction_lemma, which states it at a fixed sample for nonempty bounded classes and allows a different Lipschitz map per coordinate.

Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestones in any order; Lemma B.2 (Bousquet's inequality) is the deepest single ingredient and is reusable well beyond this mission, as are the peeling Lemma D.1 and the sub-root fixed-point Lemma D.2.

Selected references

  • J. C. Duchi and H. Namkoong, Variance-based regularization with convex objectives, arXiv:1610.02581v3, 2017. https://arxiv.org/abs/1610.02581
  • P. L. Bartlett, O. Bousquet and S. Mendelson, Local Rademacher complexities, Annals of Statistics 33(4), 2005. https://doi.org/10.1214/009053605000000282
  • O. Bousquet, A Bennett concentration inequality and its application to suprema of empirical processes, Comptes Rendus Mathématique 334(6), 2002. https://doi.org/10.1016/S1631-073X(02)02292-6
  • A. Maurer and M. Pontil, Empirical Bernstein bounds and sample variance penalization, COLT 2009. https://arxiv.org/abs/0907.3740
  • M. Ledoux and M. Talagrand, Probability in Banach Spaces, Springer, 1991. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-20212-4
14 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Algorithmic Game TheoryOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

The Price of Anarchy of Finite Congestion Games V: The Mixed Price of Anarchy of the Average Social Cost Is at Most (3+sqrt 5)/2Research Paper

Motivation

When many self-interested users share resources whose cost grows with use (links of a network, servers, machines), each user picks the option that is cheapest for them given what the others do, and the resulting equilibrium can be worse for the group than a centrally planned allocation. The price of anarchy, introduced by Koutsoupias and Papadimitriou (STACS 1999), measures this loss as the worst ratio between the social cost of an equilibrium and the optimal social cost. Congestion games (Rosenthal 1973) are the standard finite model of such resource sharing: they always have pure Nash equilibria, and they cover atomic routing, load balancing and many network design questions.

Timeline of the linear-latency case:

  • 2002: Roughgarden and Tardos (J. ACM) bound the price of anarchy of nonatomic selfish routing with linear latencies by 4/34/34/3.
  • 2005: Awerbuch, Azar and Epstein (STOC 2005) and, independently, Christodoulou and Koutsoupias (STOC 2005) show that for atomic (finite) congestion games with linear latencies the pure price of anarchy of the total cost is 5/25/25/2. Awerbuch, Azar and Epstein also obtain (3+5)/2≈2.618(3+\sqrt5)/2 \approx 2.618(3+5​)/2≈2.618 for weighted players.
  • 2005: Christodoulou and Koutsoupias observe that their argument for 5/25/25/2 extends to mixed Nash equilibria, at the price of the larger constant (3+5)/2(3+\sqrt5)/2(3+5​)/2 (their Theorem 14, the goal of this mission).

Setting

A congestion game consists of a finite set NNN of players, a finite set EEE of facilities, for each player iii a collection Σi\Sigma_iΣi​ of pure strategies, each a subset of EEE, and for each facility eee a latency function fe:N→Rf_e : \mathbb N \to \mathbb Rfe​:N→R. In a pure profile A=(A1,…,An)A = (A_1, \dots, A_n)A=(A1​,…,An​), Ai∈ΣiA_i \in \Sigma_iAi​∈Σi​, the load ne(A)n_e(A)ne​(A) is the number of players whose set contains eee, and player iii pays

ci(A)=∑e∈Aife(ne(A)).c_i(A) = \sum_{e \in A_i} f_e\bigl(n_e(A)\bigr).ci​(A)=e∈Ai​∑​fe​(ne​(A)).

The social cost of a pure profile is SUM(A)=∑i∈Nci(A)\mathrm{SUM}(A) = \sum_{i\in N} c_i(A)SUM(A)=∑i∈N​ci​(A) (NNN times the average cost). Latencies are linear: fe(k)=aek+bef_e(k) = a_e k + b_efe​(k)=ae​k+be​ with ae,be≥0a_e, b_e \ge 0ae​,be​≥0.

A mixed strategy pip_ipi​ of player iii is a probability distribution on Σi\Sigma_iΣi​. The players randomize independently, so the pure profile sss occurs with probability Pr⁡(s)=∏jpj(sj)\Pr(s) = \prod_j p_j(s_j)Pr(s)=∏j​pj​(sj​). Player iii's expected cost is E[ci]=∑sPr⁡(s) ci(s)\mathbb E[c_i] = \sum_s \Pr(s)\, c_i(s)E[ci​]=∑s​Pr(s)ci​(s), and the expected load of eee is E[ne]=∑sPr⁡(s) ne(s)\mathbb E[n_e] = \sum_s \Pr(s)\, n_e(s)E[ne​]=∑s​Pr(s)ne​(s). A mixed profile is a mixed Nash equilibrium if no player can lower their expected cost by switching unilaterally to another distribution on their strategies. The social cost of a mixed profile is the sum of the expected costs, SUM(p)=∑iE[ci]\mathrm{SUM}(p) = \sum_i \mathbb E[c_i]SUM(p)=∑i​E[ci​].

In Lean: CongestionGame ι E with fields strategies and latency, load, cost, IsProfile, sumCost, IsLinear, expCost, expLoad, mixedSumCost and IsMixedNash, all in the namespace CongestionPoA.Mixed; lotteries and independent randomization come from the platform definition agt_games (AGT.IsLottery, AGT.profileProb, AGT.IsMixedNash).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 14

For every congestion game with linear latencies, every mixed Nash equilibrium ppp and every pure profile PPP with Pi∈ΣiP_i \in \Sigma_iPi​∈Σi​,

∑i∈NE[ci]  ≤  3+52 SUM(P).\sum_{i\in N} \mathbb E[c_i] \;\le\; \frac{3+\sqrt5}{2}\,\mathrm{SUM}(P).i∈N∑​E[ci​]≤23+5​​SUM(P).

Taking PPP optimal, the mixed price of anarchy of the average social cost is at most (3+5)/2(3+\sqrt5)/2(3+5​)/2.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 3 (corrected). For real x≥0x \ge 0x≥0 and integer y≥0y \ge 0y≥0, y(x+1)≤5−14x2+5+54y2y(x+1) \le \frac{\sqrt5-1}{4}x^2 + \frac{\sqrt5+5}{4}y^2y(x+1)≤45​−1​x2+45​+5​y2.
  2. Deviation inequality (Theorem 1's proof, mixed). At a mixed Nash equilibrium, for every player iii,
E[ci]≤∑e∈Pi(ae(E[ne]+1)+be).\mathbb E[c_i] \le \sum_{e\in P_i}\bigl(a_e(\mathbb E[n_e]+1) + b_e\bigr).E[ci​]≤e∈Pi​∑​(ae​(E[ne​]+1)+be​).
  1. Summing step (Theorem 1's proof, mixed).
∑iE[ci]≤∑e∈Ene(P)(ae(E[ne]+1)+be).\sum_i \mathbb E[c_i] \le \sum_{e\in E} n_e(P)\bigl(a_e(\mathbb E[n_e]+1) + b_e\bigr).i∑​E[ci​]≤e∈E∑​ne​(P)(ae​(E[ne​]+1)+be​).

Significance

The bound says that randomization by the players cannot make linear congestion games much worse than pure play: the loss stays within a constant factor independent of the number of players and facilities. Mixed equilibria matter because they always exist in every finite game and because they model populations of users whose individual choices are not known in advance. The same authors report (PDF p. 2) extending these bounds to correlated equilibria with the same values, which places the mixed bound in a hierarchy of equilibrium notions whose worst cases coincide.

The result is proved in the paper, in one sentence that defers to the proof of Theorem 1. The work here is a complete machine-checked version: the expected-cost layer for congestion games on top of agt_games, the deviation and summing inequalities under product distributions, and the corrected Lemma 3. The paper prints Lemma 3 for all nonnegative reals x,yx, yx,y, where it is false (at x=0x = 0x=0, y=1/10y = 1/10y=1/10 the left side is 0.10.10.1 and the right side about 0.0180.0180.018); the formal statement keeps yyy an integer, which is how the lemma is used. No formalization of congestion-game price-of-anarchy bounds was on the platform when this mission was drafted.

Difficulty

The pure proof compares ne(P)(ne(A)+1)n_e(P)(n_e(A)+1)ne​(P)(ne​(A)+1) with ne(A)2n_e(A)^2ne​(A)2 and ne(P)2n_e(P)^2ne​(P)2 through an integer inequality (Lemma 1). Under a mixed equilibrium the equilibrium side is an expectation, so the cost of a facility is no longer a function of one integer load, and Lemma 1's constant 1/31/31/3 is not available for real arguments: a real-variable version is needed, and the constant degrades from 5/25/25/2 to (3+5)/2(3+\sqrt5)/2(3+5​)/2. A second obstacle is bookkeeping: the deviating player's load changes only on their own deviation, while the other players' randomization stays independent, and the expected cost of a player has to be related to expected facility loads, which uses linearity of the latencies in an essential way. The naive idea of applying Theorem 1 to each pure profile in the support of the equilibrium fails, because those profiles are not themselves Nash equilibria.

Formalization scope

Players and facilities are finite types ι and E; profiles are functions ι → Finset E, with feasibility IsProfile a separate predicate. Latencies are real-valued on natural-number loads, and "linear" means affine with nonnegative coefficients, fe(k)=aek+bef_e(k) = a_e k + b_efe​(k)=ae​k+be​; the paper displays only the identity latency fe(k)=kf_e(k)=kfe​(k)=k and states that its proofs extend. Mixed strategies are real weight functions on the finite strategy type Σi\Sigma_iΣi​; independence is built into AGT.profileProb; Nash deviations range over all lotteries, which is equivalent to pure deviations. agt_games maximizes payoffs, so the game is passed to it with payoff −ci-c_i−ci​. The goal is stated against every feasible pure profile rather than as a ratio, so no division by an optimum that may be 000 occurs. The social cost is the expected sum of the players' costs; the paper's second option, ∑eE[ne2]\sum_e \mathbb E[n_e^2]∑e​E[ne2​], is not part of this mission. A version with correlated distributions on profiles, or one that bounds the cost of an "averaged" profile instead of the expected cost, is a different statement and does not discharge the goal.

A complete development needs elementary finite-sum manipulation of product distributions (marginals of AGT.profileProb, expectations of loads), and a Jensen-type inequality (E[ne])2≤E[ne2](\mathbb E[n_e])^2 \le \mathbb E[n_e^2](E[ne​])2≤E[ne2​] for finite distributions. The expectation lemmas for congestion games are reusable for the other mixed results of the literature (weighted games, polynomial latencies). Proofs of the milestones, of the expectation layer, and alternative arguments are all welcome.

Selected references

  • G. Christodoulou, E. Koutsoupias, The Price of Anarchy of Finite Congestion Games, STOC 2005, pp. 67–73. https://doi.org/10.1145/1060590.1060600
  • B. Awerbuch, Y. Azar, A. Epstein, The Price of Routing Unsplittable Flow, STOC 2005, pp. 57–66. https://doi.org/10.1145/1060590.1060599
  • E. Koutsoupias, C. Papadimitriou, Worst-case Equilibria, STACS 1999, LNCS 1563, pp. 404–413. https://doi.org/10.1007/3-540-49116-3_38
  • R. W. Rosenthal, A Class of Games Possessing Pure-Strategy Nash Equilibria, International Journal of Game Theory 2 (1973), pp. 65–67. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01737559
  • T. Roughgarden, É. Tardos, How Bad Is Selfish Routing?, Journal of the ACM 49 (2002), pp. 236–259. https://doi.org/10.1145/506147.506153
7 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Machine LearningOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Gradient Convergence in Gradient Methods with Errors II: With Zero-Mean Stochastic Errors, Almost Surely Either f(x_t) → −∞ or f(x_t) Converges and ∇f(x_t) → 0Research Paper

Motivation

Stochastic gradient methods minimize a function fff when only noisy estimates of its gradient are available: each step moves along a descent direction corrupted by random noise. They are the standard training algorithm for neural networks and the basic tool of stochastic approximation, and the question every user faces is what can be guaranteed when fff is nonconvex, possibly unbounded below, and the noise is allowed to grow with the gradient.

D. P. Bertsekas and J. N. Tsitsiklis, Gradient Convergence in Gradient Methods with Errors, SIAM J. Optim. 10(3):627–642, 2000 (DOI), answer this under minimal assumptions. Noise with variance growing in ∥∇f(xt)∥\|\nabla f(x_t)\|∥∇f(xt​)∥ had been handled for related methods (Poljak and Tsypkin 1973), but typically together with a lower bound on fff, under which f(xt)f(x_t)f(xt​) is approximately a supermartingale and the supermartingale convergence theorem applies (see the monographs of Kushner and Clark 1978; Benveniste, Métivier and Priouret 1990; Kushner and Yin 1996). Section 4 of the paper (p. 635) removes the lower bound: it proves that, with probability 1, either f(xt)→−∞f(x_t)\to-\inftyf(xt​)→−∞ or f(xt)f(x_t)f(xt​) converges and ∇f(xt)→0\nabla f(x_t)\to 0∇f(xt​)→0, without assuming bounded iterates. Section 5 shows that the randomized incremental gradient method for a finite-sum objective is a special case. This mission formalizes Section 4 and the Section 5 application. A companion mission covers the deterministic counterpart (Proposition 1 of the same paper).

Setting

Let f:Rn→Rf:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb Rf:Rn→R be continuously differentiable with a Lipschitz gradient: there is L≥0L\ge 0L≥0 with

∥∇f(x)−∇f(xˉ)∥≤L∥x−xˉ∥∀x,xˉ.(2.1)\|\nabla f(x)-\nabla f(\bar x)\|\le L\|x-\bar x\|\qquad\forall x,\bar x. \tag{2.1}∥∇f(x)−∇f(xˉ)∥≤L∥x−xˉ∥∀x,xˉ.(2.1)

Let (Ω,F,P)(\Omega,\mathcal F,P)(Ω,F,P) be a probability space and F0⊆F1⊆⋯\mathcal F_0\subseteq\mathcal F_1\subseteq\cdotsF0​⊆F1​⊆⋯ an increasing sequence of σ\sigmaσ-fields (a filtration; Ft\mathcal F_tFt​ is the history of the algorithm just before the noise wtw_twt​ is drawn). The stochastic gradient method generates random vectors by

xt+1=xt+γt(st+wt),x_{t+1}=x_t+\gamma_t(s_t+w_t),xt+1​=xt​+γt​(st​+wt​),

where γt>0\gamma_t>0γt​>0 is a deterministic stepsize, sts_tst​ is a descent direction and wtw_twt​ is a noise term. The assumptions of Proposition 3 are:

  • (a) xtx_txt​ and sts_tst​ are Ft\mathcal F_tFt​-measurable;
  • (b) there are c1,c2>0c_1,c_2>0c1​,c2​>0 with c1∥∇f(xt)∥2≤−∇f(xt)′stc_1\|\nabla f(x_t)\|^2\le-\nabla f(x_t)'s_tc1​∥∇f(xt​)∥2≤−∇f(xt​)′st​ and ∥st∥≤c2(1+∥∇f(xt)∥)\|s_t\|\le c_2(1+\|\nabla f(x_t)\|)∥st​∥≤c2​(1+∥∇f(xt​)∥) for all ttt; (4.1)
  • (c) for all ttt, with probability 1, E[wt∣Ft]=0E[w_t\mid\mathcal F_t]=0E[wt​∣Ft​]=0 (4.2) and E[∥wt∥2∣Ft]≤A(1+∥∇f(xt)∥2)E[\|w_t\|^2\mid\mathcal F_t]\le A(1+\|\nabla f(x_t)\|^2)E[∥wt​∥2∣Ft​]≤A(1+∥∇f(xt​)∥2) (4.3), with A>0A>0A>0 deterministic;
  • (d) ∑tγt=∞\sum_t\gamma_t=\infty∑t​γt​=∞ and ∑tγt2<∞\sum_t\gamma_t^2<\infty∑t​γt2​<∞.

The noise variance in (c) may grow quadratically with ∥∇f(xt)∥\|\nabla f(x_t)\|∥∇f(xt​)∥ and is therefore unbounded in general. A point xˉ\bar xxˉ is stationary if ∇f(xˉ)=0\nabla f(\bar x)=0∇f(xˉ)=0.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 3 (p. 635)

Under (2.1) and (a)–(d), with probability 1,

f(xt)→−∞or(f(xt)→ℓ∈R  and  ∇f(xt)→0),f(x_t)\to-\infty\quad\text{or}\quad\Bigl(f(x_t)\to\ell\in\mathbb R\ \text{ and }\ \nabla f(x_t)\to 0\Bigr),f(xt​)→−∞or(f(xt​)→ℓ∈R  and  ∇f(xt​)→0),

and every limit point of (xt)(x_t)(xt​) is a stationary point of fff. The dichotomy is per sample path: different paths may take different branches.

Milestones

  1. (4.4), p. 636. The pathwise one-step inequality: if γ 2Lc22≤c1/2\gamma\,2Lc_2^2\le c_1/2γ2Lc22​≤c1​/2 and sss satisfies (4.1) at xxx, then for every www,
f(x+γ(s+w))≤f(x)−γc12∥∇f(x)∥2+γ∇f(x)′w+γ22Lc22+γ2L∥w∥2.f(x+\gamma(s+w))\le f(x)-\gamma\tfrac{c_1}{2}\|\nabla f(x)\|^2+\gamma\nabla f(x)'w+\gamma^2 2Lc_2^2+\gamma^2L\|w\|^2.f(x+γ(s+w))≤f(x)−γ2c1​​∥∇f(x)∥2+γ∇f(x)′w+γ22Lc22​+γ2L∥w∥2.
  1. Lemma 2, p. 637. If rtr_trt​ is Ft+1\mathcal F_{t+1}Ft+1​-measurable with E[rt∣Ft]=0E[r_t\mid\mathcal F_t]=0E[rt​∣Ft​]=0, E[∥rt∥2∣Ft]≤BE[\|r_t\|^2\mid\mathcal F_t]\le BE[∥rt​∥2∣Ft​]≤B and ∑γt2<∞\sum\gamma_t^2<\infty∑γt2​<∞, then ∑t≤Tγtrt\sum_{t\le T}\gamma_tr_t∑t≤T​γt​rt​ and ∑t≤Tγt2∥rt∥2\sum_{t\le T}\gamma_t^2\|r_t\|^2∑t≤T​γt2​∥rt​∥2 converge almost surely.
  2. Lemma 6, p. 640. For every δ>0\delta>0δ>0, almost surely f(xt)f(x_t)f(xt​) converges to a finite value or to −∞-\infty−∞, and if the limit is not −∞-\infty−∞ then lim sup⁡t∥∇f(xt)∥≤δ\limsup_t\|\nabla f(x_t)\|\le\deltalimsupt​∥∇f(xt​)∥≤δ.

Further result: §5, pp. 641–642

For f=1m∑ifif=\frac1m\sum_i f_if=m1​∑i​fi​ with Lipschitz gradients ∇fi\nabla f_i∇fi​ satisfying ∥∇fi(x)∥≤C+D∥∇f(x)∥\|\nabla f_i(x)\|\le C+D\|\nabla f(x)\|∥∇fi​(x)∥≤C+D∥∇f(x)∥ (5.2), the randomized incremental gradient method xt+1=xt−γt∇fk(t)(xt)x_{t+1}=x_t-\gamma_t\nabla f_{k(t)}(x_t)xt+1​=xt​−γt​∇fk(t)​(xt​), with independent uniform indices k(t)k(t)k(t), satisfies the conclusion of Proposition 3.

Significance

Proposition 3 is a convergence guarantee for stochastic gradient descent on smooth nonconvex objectives that needs neither a lower bound on fff, nor bounded iterates, nor bounded noise variance. It contains, as special cases, stochastic gradient descent with unbiased gradient estimates whose variance grows with the gradient, the randomized incremental (single-sample) gradient method for finite sums of Section 5, and scaled or approximate gradient directions through condition (4.1). Its conclusion is the strongest one available at this generality: if f(xt)f(x_t)f(xt​) stays bounded below along a path, then the gradient vanishes along that path and every limit point is stationary.

The result is proved in the paper; to our knowledge it has not been machine-checked. Its formalization requires a working theory of generalized conditional expectations of non-integrable noise, square-integrable martingales in Rn\mathbb R^nRn and pathwise arguments over random interval partitions, which is reusable for other stochastic approximation results (Robbins–Monro type schemes, TD-learning, stochastic subgradient methods).

Difficulty

The natural first idea is to view f(xt)f(x_t)f(xt​) as a supermartingale up to summable errors and apply the supermartingale convergence theorem (Robbins–Siegmund). This fails here: the theorem needs f(xt)f(x_t)f(xt​) bounded below, and fff is not assumed bounded below; in addition the noise term γt2L∥wt∥2\gamma_t^2L\|w_t\|^2γt2​L∥wt​∥2 in (4.4) has conditional mean of order γt2∥∇f(xt)∥2\gamma_t^2\|\nabla f(x_t)\|^2γt2​∥∇f(xt​)∥2, which is not summable when the gradient is unbounded. Any argument must therefore extract a decrease of fff that dominates noise of the same order as the gradient itself, without a lower bound to anchor a supermartingale, and must do so along every sample path while the hypotheses are only conditional-expectation statements about non-integrable noise.

Formalization scope

  • Rn\mathbb R^nRn is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n), ∇f\nabla f∇f is Mathlib's gradient f, fff is ContDiff ℝ 1, and the Lipschitz constant is L : ℝ≥0 with LipschitzWith L (gradient f) (the standing assumption (2.1), equivalent to the page's form).
  • The probability space is a Measure Ω with IsProbabilityMeasure, the σ\sigmaσ-fields are a Mathlib Filtration ℕ, and measurability in (a) is StronglyMeasurable[ℱ t]. The recursion and (4.1) hold on every sample path. Stepsizes are deterministic.
  • Conditional expectations of the noise. The page assumes no integrability of wtw_twt​, of ∥wt∥2\|w_t\|^2∥wt​∥2 or of f(xt)f(x_t)f(xt​), and none is added. Mathlib's condExp is 000 for non-integrable functions, so stating (4.2)–(4.3) with it would make them hold vacuously for any non-integrable noise; that encoding is ruled out. Instead (4.3) says that for every Ft\mathcal F_tFt​-measurable set SSS, ∫S∥wt∥2 dP≤∫SA(1+∥∇f(xt)∥2) dP\int_S\|w_t\|^2\,dP\le\int_S A(1+\|\nabla f(x_t)\|^2)\,dP∫S​∥wt​∥2dP≤∫S​A(1+∥∇f(xt​)∥2)dP (in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]), and (4.2) says that ∫Swt dP=0\int_S w_t\,dP=0∫S​wt​dP=0 for every Ft\mathcal F_tFt​-measurable SSS on which wtw_twt​ is integrable. These are exactly the generalized conditional-expectation statements of the page.
  • In Lemma 2 the bound BBB is a constant, so Mathlib's condExp is used there, with integrability of ∥rt∥2\|r_t\|^2∥rt​∥2 stated explicitly; the page's hypothesis implies it. Lemma 2 is stated over any finite-dimensional real inner-product space, since the paper applies it to real and to vector-valued sequences.
  • ∑γt=∞\sum\gamma_t=\infty∑γt​=∞ is divergence of the partial sums; ∑γt2<∞\sum\gamma_t^2<\infty∑γt2​<∞ is Summable. Convergent random series (Lemma 2) are convergence of partial sums, not Summable, which would mean unconditional convergence. "lim sup⁡∥∇f(xt)∥≤δ\limsup\|\nabla f(x_t)\|\le\deltalimsup∥∇f(xt​)∥≤δ" is "for every δ′>δ\delta'>\deltaδ′>δ, eventually ∥∇f(xt)∥≤δ′\|\nabla f(x_t)\|\le\delta'∥∇f(xt​)∥≤δ′". Limit points are MapClusterPt.
  • In the §5 result the page's references to "section 4" and "(4.1)" are read as section 3 and condition (3.1), the indices k(t)k(t)k(t) run from t=0t=0t=0, x0x_0x0​ is deterministic, and the stepsizes are nonnegative as on the page.
  • Not stated: Lemma 3 (it needs the random interval construction of p. 636 as a definition), Lemmas 4–5 (steps that depend on the proof's own choice of ϵ\epsilonϵ), and the Remarks of §4.

Contributions welcome: a proof of Lemma 2 from Mathlib's martingale convergence theorems (Submartingale.exists_ae_tendsto_of_bdd), a proof of (4.4) from the descent lemma, a general bridge between the set-integral encoding of conditional expectations and Mathlib's condExp on localizing sets, and the interval construction behind Lemmas 3–6.

Selected references

  • D. P. Bertsekas and J. N. Tsitsiklis, Gradient Convergence in Gradient Methods with Errors, SIAM J. Optim. 10(3):627–642, 2000. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623497331063
  • B. T. Poljak and Y. Z. Tsypkin, Pseudogradient adaptation and training algorithms, Automat. Remote Control 12 (1973), 83–94.
  • H. J. Kushner and D. S. Clark, Stochastic Approximation Methods for Constrained and Unconstrained Systems, Springer, 1978.
  • H. J. Kushner and G. Yin, Stochastic Approximation Methods, Springer, 1996 (as cited in the paper).
  • A. Benveniste, M. Métivier and P. Priouret, Adaptive Algorithms and Stochastic Approximations, Springer, 1990.
  • D. P. Bertsekas and J. N. Tsitsiklis, Neuro-Dynamic Programming, Athena Scientific, 1996.
4 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Air Travel Demand and Airline Seat Inventory Management II: The EMSR Protection Level for Two Nested Fare ClassesTextbook

Why airlines protect seats

An airline sells the seats of one flight in several fare classes at different prices, all drawn from one shared cabin. Discount fares are bought early, under advance-purchase restrictions, while most high-fare requests arrive close to departure. Accepting every early low-fare request fills the aircraft with cheap passengers and turns away late high-fare passengers; refusing too many leaves seats empty. Seat inventory control decides how many seats to keep away from the low fare. Peter Belobaba's 1987 MIT thesis (Flight Transportation Laboratory Report R87-7) introduced the expected marginal seat revenue (EMSR) model for this decision, and EMSR-type rules remain the basis of the booking-limit logic in airline revenue management systems.

Timeline. Littlewood (1972, AGIFORS Symposium Proceedings; reprinted 2005) proposed accepting a low-fare request as long as its fare is at least the high fare times the probability of selling all remaining seats to high-fare passengers. Analysts at Trans World Airlines (1973) and Richter at Lufthansa (1982) gave equivalent formulations for the dynamic case. Belobaba (1987, Ch. 5) restated the two-class rule as a static protection level for nested inventories and extended it heuristically to many classes. Brumelle and McGill (Operations Research 41, 1993) and Curry (Transportation Science 24, 1990) later proved optimality of nested protection levels for any number of classes under low-to-high arrivals, and showed that Belobaba's multi-class EMSR levels are not optimal for three or more classes. This mission concerns only the two-class result, which is correct.

Setting

A single flight leg has capacity C∈NC \in \mathbb NC∈N. Class 1 has fare f1f_1f1​, class 2 has fare f2f_2f2​, with 0≤f2≤f10 \le f_2 \le f_10≤f2​≤f1​. The numbers of requests for the two classes are random variables r1,r2r_1, r_2r1​,r2​ with values in N\mathbb NN, defined on a probability space (Ω,μ)(\Omega, \mu)(Ω,μ) and independent. There are no cancellations, no no-shows, and a refused request is lost.

The inventory is nested: a class-1 request is accepted as long as any seat is unsold. A protection level S∈{0,…,C}S \in \{0, \dots, C\}S∈{0,…,C} is the number of seats reserved for class 1; it sets the class-2 booking limit BL2=C−SBL_2 = C - SBL2​=C−S. All class-2 requests arrive before any class-1 request. Class 2 therefore books min⁡(r2,C−S)\min(r_2, C - S)min(r2​,C−S) seats and class 1 books min⁡(r1,C−min⁡(r2,C−S))\min(r_1, C - \min(r_2, C-S))min(r1​,C−min(r2​,C−S)), and the realised revenue is

RS=f2min⁡(r2,C−S)+f1min⁡(r1, C−min⁡(r2,C−S)).R_S = f_2 \min(r_2, C - S) + f_1 \min\bigl(r_1,\, C - \min(r_2, C - S)\bigr).RS​=f2​min(r2​,C−S)+f1​min(r1​,C−min(r2​,C−S)).

The expected revenue is Rˉ(S)=E[RS]\bar R(S) = \mathbb E[R_S]Rˉ(S)=E[RS​].

The tail probability of class 1 is Pˉ1(S)=P[r1≥S]\bar P_1(S) = P[r_1 \ge S]Pˉ1​(S)=P[r1​≥S], the probability of receiving SSS or more class-1 requests, and the expected marginal seat revenue of the SSS-th class-1 seat is

EMSR1(S)=f1⋅Pˉ1(S).\mathrm{EMSR}_1(S) = f_1 \cdot \bar P_1(S).EMSR1​(S)=f1​⋅Pˉ1​(S).

For a single class with SSS seats the expected revenue is f1 E[min⁡(r1,S)]f_1\,\mathbb E[\min(r_1, S)]f1​E[min(r1​,S)], and EMSR1(S)\mathrm{EMSR}_1(S)EMSR1​(S) is its increment from S−1S-1S−1 to SSS seats. The EMSR protection level S21S_2^1S21​ is the largest integer S∈{0,…,C}S \in \{0, \dots, C\}S∈{0,…,C} with

EMSR1(S)≥f2.\mathrm{EMSR}_1(S) \ge f_2 .EMSR1​(S)≥f2​.

In Lean these objects are nestedRevenue, expectedNestedRevenue, tailProb, classRevenue, emsr and emsrProtectionLevel in SeatInventory.Nested.

Formalization targets

Goal: Eqs. (5.15)–(5.16), optimality of the EMSR protection level

Rˉ(S)≤Rˉ(S21)for all S∈{0,…,C}.\bar R(S) \le \bar R(S_2^1) \qquad \text{for all } S \in \{0, \dots, C\}.Rˉ(S)≤Rˉ(S21​)for all S∈{0,…,C}.

The goal fixes no distribution: it holds for every pair of independent N\mathbb NN-valued demands, and S21S_2^1S21​ depends only on f2/f1f_2/f_1f2​/f1​ and the law of r1r_1r1​.

Milestones

  1. Eq. (5.11). f1E[min⁡(r1,S)]−f1E[min⁡(r1,S−1)]=f1P[r1≥S]f_1\mathbb E[\min(r_1,S)] - f_1\mathbb E[\min(r_1,S-1)] = f_1 P[r_1 \ge S]f1​E[min(r1​,S)]−f1​E[min(r1​,S−1)]=f1​P[r1​≥S] for S≥1S \ge 1S≥1.
  2. Eqs. (6.1)–(6.2). Pˉ1\bar P_1Pˉ1​ and, for f1≥0f_1 \ge 0f1​≥0, EMSR1\mathrm{EMSR}_1EMSR1​ are non-increasing in SSS.
  3. Eq. (4.8), Littlewood's rule, already on the platform as RevenueManagement.littlewood_marginal_value (Talluri and van Ryzin's Eq. (2.1), proved).
  4. Sect. 5.2, p. 112. Rˉ(S)≤Rˉ(S21)\bar R(S) \le \bar R(S_2^1)Rˉ(S)≤Rˉ(S21​) for S21≤S≤CS_2^1 \le S \le CS21​≤S≤C: a smaller booking limit for class 2 cannot raise expected revenue.
  5. Sect. 5.2, p. 114. With the same class-2 limit C−SC - SC−S, the expected nested revenue is at least the expected revenue of two distinct inventories with SSS and C−SC - SC−S seats, strictly if f1>0f_1 > 0f1​>0 and P[r2<C−S, r1>S]>0P[r_2 < C - S,\ r_1 > S] > 0P[r2​<C−S, r1​>S]>0.

Significance

The two-class result says that, for a static booking limit set once before sales open and low-fare demand arriving first, the airline needs only the high-fare demand distribution and the fare ratio to set the optimal limit; the low-fare forecast is irrelevant. This is the rule that the thesis then applies class by class in multi-class nested systems, and it is the base case against which the later exact multi-class theory (Brumelle–McGill, Curry) is checked. Milestone 5 makes precise why nested inventories dominate the distinct-inventory allocation of the thesis's Sect. 5.1 with the same class-2 limit.

The result is classical and proved, in the sense that the optimality of a two-class threshold policy follows from Littlewood's argument and from the dynamic-programming treatment in Talluri and van Ryzin's The Theory and Practice of Revenue Management (2004, Ch. 2). On Prove2Me, Littlewood's marginal rule and the dynamic-programming optimality of nested protection levels (RevenueManagement.static_optimal_controls) are formalized, but in Bellman form: there the protection level is defined through the value function of a dynamic program. What is not formalized is the statement in Belobaba's form, where the protection level is the explicit threshold of f1P[r1≥S]f_1 P[r_1 \ge S]f1​P[r1​≥S] against f2f_2f2​ and the objective is the explicit expected revenue of a booking limit. Connecting the two forms, and the comparison with distinct inventories, is the work of this mission.

Difficulty

The expected revenue couples the two demands through the capacity left by class 2, so Rˉ\bar RRˉ is not a sum of single-class revenues and is not separately concave in an obvious way. The step that requires care is the increment Rˉ(S)−Rˉ(S−1)\bar R(S) - \bar R(S-1)Rˉ(S)−Rˉ(S−1): it is not EMSR1(S)−f2\mathrm{EMSR}_1(S) - f_2EMSR1​(S)−f2​, as the thesis's sentence after the milestone on p. 112 suggests, because the extra protected seat matters only on the event that class 2 would have reached its limit. Independence of r1r_1r1​ and r2r_2r2​ is what makes that event's probability factor out; without independence the threshold rule is not optimal. The discrete reading matters too: with P[r1>S]P[r_1 > S]P[r1​>S] in place of P[r1≥S]P[r_1 \ge S]P[r1​≥S] the rule is off by one seat and the claim fails.

Formalization scope

Conventions the Lean statements commit to:

  • Demands are N\mathbb NN-valued measurable random variables r₁ r₂ : Ω → ℕ on a probability space μ; the goal and milestone 4 assume IndepFun r₁ r₂ μ. The thesis writes continuous densities (Eqs. (5.1)–(5.5)) but requires integer seat counts; the discrete model is used throughout.
  • Pˉ1(S)=P[r1≥S]\bar P_1(S) = P[r_1 \ge S]Pˉ1​(S)=P[r1​≥S], as in Eq. (6.2) and the prose of Eq. (5.11), not P[r1>S]P[r_1 > S]P[r1​>S] as in Eq. (5.2).
  • The EMSR protection level is the largest S∈{0,…,C}S \in \{0,\dots,C\}S∈{0,…,C} with f1P[r1≥S]≥f2f_1 P[r_1 \ge S] \ge f_2f1​P[r1​≥S]≥f2​ (Eq. (5.15)); Eq. (5.16)'s equality is the continuous idealisation and is not stated.
  • Booking order: all class-2 requests precede all class-1 requests (pp. 108, 112). This order is built into the revenue formula, not assumed separately.
  • Fares satisfy 0≤f2≤f10 \le f_2 \le f_10≤f2​≤f1​; the thesis has f1>f2f_1 > f_2f1​>f2​, and the statements also cover equality.
  • Expectations are Bochner integrals of bounded revenues, probabilities are μ.real; seat counts use truncated subtraction only where S≤CS \le CS≤C.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: S21S_2^1S21​ is defined by the threshold of (5.15), never as an argmax of expected revenue, and the expected revenue is computed from the realised revenue of the booking process, not postulated as a sum of marginal terms.

The multi-class EMSR levels of Eqs. (5.19)–(5.29) and the dynamic revision of Eqs. (5.31)–(5.32) are out of scope. Proofs need the discrete expectation identity E[min⁡(r,S)]−E[min⁡(r,S−1)]=P[r≥S]\mathbb E[\min(r,S)] - \mathbb E[\min(r,S-1)] = P[r \ge S]E[min(r,S)]−E[min(r,S−1)]=P[r≥S] and expectation of products of independent bounded functions, both in Mathlib's reach and reusable for other single-leg revenue models. Proofs of any milestone, and a proof of the goal from milestones 1, 2 and 4 plus the matching lower-half argument, are welcome.

Selected references

  • P. P. Belobaba, Air Travel Demand and Airline Seat Inventory Management, PhD thesis, MIT, Flight Transportation Laboratory Report R87-7, 1987 (no DOI).
  • K. Littlewood, Forecasting and control of passenger bookings, AGIFORS Symposium Proceedings 12, 1972; reprinted in Journal of Revenue and Pricing Management 4, 2005. https://doi.org/10.1057/palgrave.rpm.5170134
  • S. L. Brumelle and J. I. McGill, Airline seat allocation with multiple nested fare classes, Operations Research 41, 1993. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.41.1.127
  • R. E. Curry, Optimal airline seat allocation with fare classes nested by origins and destinations, Transportation Science 24, 1990. https://doi.org/10.1287/trsc.24.3.193
  • K. T. Talluri and G. J. van Ryzin, The Theory and Practice of Revenue Management, Springer, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1007/b139000
8 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Linear OptimizationOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Air Travel Demand and Airline Seat Inventory Management I: Marginal Seat Allocation Among Distinct Fare ClassesTextbook

Why airlines allocate seats by fare class

An airline sells the seats of one flight leg at several prices. Low fares fill seats that would otherwise fly empty; high fares are bought by passengers who book late and cannot be predicted exactly. Seat inventory control decides how many seats each fare class may sell. Peter Belobaba's 1987 MIT dissertation (MIT Flight Transportation Laboratory Report R87-7) gave the probabilistic treatment of this problem that became the expected marginal seat revenue (EMSR) method, which was in use across the airline industry for decades.

This mission formalizes the first, simplest model of the thesis: distinct (non-nested) fare-class inventories on a single leg, where a seat assigned to a class may be sold only in that class or not at all. The thesis surveys this model in Sect. 4.2 (pp. 84–94), where an integer-programming formulation from McDonnell-Douglas and its solution by ranking marginal values are described (p. 90), and develops it probabilistically in Sect. 5.1 (pp. 102–107).

Setting

A leg has capacity nnn seats (the thesis also writes CCC). There are finitely many fare classes iii. Class iii has an average fare fi≥0f_i \ge 0fi​≥0 and receives a random number of requests ri∈{0,1,2,… }r_i \in \{0,1,2,\dots\}ri​∈{0,1,2,…}, with law pip_ipi​. The seats are split into allocations Si∈NS_i \in \mathbb{N}Si​∈N, one per class.

With SSS seats, a class books requests until its seats run out, so its bookings and spill (refused requests) are

b=min⁡(r,S),l=(r−S)+(Eq. (5.3)).b = \min(r, S), \qquad l = (r - S)^+ \qquad \text{(Eq. (5.3))}.b=min(r,S),l=(r−S)+(Eq. (5.3)).

The expected revenue of class iii is Rˉi(Si)=fi⋅bˉi(Si)\bar R_i(S_i) = f_i \cdot \bar b_i(S_i)Rˉi​(Si​)=fi​⋅bˉi​(Si​) with bˉi(Si)=E[min⁡(ri,Si)]\bar b_i(S_i) = E[\min(r_i,S_i)]bˉi​(Si​)=E[min(ri​,Si​)], and the leg's expected revenue is Rˉ=∑iRˉi(Si)\bar R = \sum_i \bar R_i(S_i)Rˉ=∑i​Rˉi​(Si​) (Eq. (5.9)). Write

Pˉi(S)=P[ri≥S],EMSRi(S)=fi⋅Pˉi(S)(Eqs. (5.11), (6.1), (6.2)),\bar P_i(S) = P[r_i \ge S], \qquad \mathrm{EMSR}_i(S) = f_i \cdot \bar P_i(S) \qquad \text{(Eqs. (5.11), (6.1), (6.2))},Pˉi​(S)=P[ri​≥S],EMSRi​(S)=fi​⋅Pˉi​(S)(Eqs. (5.11), (6.1), (6.2)),

the expected marginal seat revenue of the SSS-th seat of class iii. The value of the kkk-th seat of class iii in the integer program of p. 90 is mi(k)=EMSRi(k)m_i(k) = \mathrm{EMSR}_i(k)mi​(k)=EMSRi​(k), k=1,…,nk = 1, \dots, nk=1,…,n.

Formalization targets

Goal: the nnn largest marginal values give the optimal booking limits (p. 90)

Let TTT be any set of nnn pairs (i,k)(i,k)(i,k), 1≤k≤n1 \le k \le n1≤k≤n, such that every mi(k)m_i(k)mi​(k) with (i,k)∈T(i,k) \in T(i,k)∈T is at least every mj(l)m_j(l)mj​(l) with (j,l)∉T(j,l) \notin T(j,l)∈/T, and let SiT=#{k:(i,k)∈T}S^T_i = \#\{k : (i,k) \in T\}SiT​=#{k:(i,k)∈T}. Then ∑iSiT=n\sum_i S^T_i = n∑i​SiT​=n and

∑ifi E[min⁡(ri,Si)]  ≤  ∑ifi E[min⁡(ri,SiT)]for every S with ∑iSi≤n.\sum_i f_i\, E[\min(r_i, S_i)] \;\le\; \sum_i f_i\, E[\min(r_i, S^T_i)] \qquad \text{for every } S \text{ with } \textstyle\sum_i S_i \le n .i∑​fi​E[min(ri​,Si​)]≤i∑​fi​E[min(ri​,SiT​)]for every S with ∑i​Si​≤n.

The goal fixes no distribution, number of classes or fare ordering, and it holds for every tie-breaking among equal marginal values.

Milestones

  1. Eq. (5.6): bˉi(S)+lˉi(S)=rˉi\bar b_i(S) + \bar l_i(S) = \bar r_ibˉi​(S)+lˉi​(S)=rˉi​ for requests of finite mean.
  2. Eq. (5.11): Rˉi(S)−Rˉi(S−1)=fi⋅P[ri≥S]\bar R_i(S) - \bar R_i(S-1) = f_i \cdot P[r_i \ge S]Rˉi​(S)−Rˉi​(S−1)=fi​⋅P[ri​≥S] for S≥1S \ge 1S≥1.
  3. Eqs. (6.1)–(6.2): Pˉi\bar P_iPˉi​ and EMSRi\mathrm{EMSR}_iEMSRi​ are non-increasing in SSS.
  4. Eq. (4.5): the 0–1 vector equal to 111 on a set of nnn largest mi(k)m_i(k)mi​(k) is an optimal solution of the linear program max⁡∑i,kXikmi(k)\max \sum_{i,k} X_{ik} m_i(k)max∑i,k​Xik​mi​(k) subject to ∑Xik≤n\sum X_{ik} \le n∑Xik​≤n, 0≤Xik≤10 \le X_{ik} \le 10≤Xik​≤1.
  5. Eq. (5.13), discrete form: an allocation of exactly CCC seats maximises Rˉ\bar RRˉ among such allocations if and only if some λ\lambdaλ satisfies EMSRi(Si)≥λ\mathrm{EMSR}_i(S_i) \ge \lambdaEMSRi​(Si​)≥λ whenever Si≥1S_i \ge 1Si​≥1 and EMSRi(Si+1)≤λ\mathrm{EMSR}_i(S_i + 1) \le \lambdaEMSRi​(Si​+1)≤λ, for all iii.

Significance

The goal is the reason distinct-inventory allocation is computationally easy: a revenue-maximising allocation is obtained by sorting n×(number of classes)n \times (\text{number of classes})n×(number of classes) numbers, with no search over allocations. The same marginal-value principle underlies the EMSR rules for nested classes in the rest of the thesis, and the identity (5.11) is the link between an expected-revenue function and its marginal seat values used throughout revenue management. Milestone 5 is the integer form of the Lagrangian condition of Eq. (5.13); the thesis states it only for a continuous relaxation, and its equality form is generally unattainable with integer seats.

These results are classical and their proofs are elementary; to our knowledge none of them has been machine-checked. The mission produces a reusable formal model of a single-leg, distinct-inventory allocation problem with integer demand (bookings, spill, revenue and marginal values of a PMF ℕ), and checked statements of the marginal-allocation principle for it.

Difficulty

The thesis argues with continuous densities and derivatives, setting ∂Rˉ/∂Si\partial \bar R / \partial S_i∂Rˉ/∂Si​ equal across classes. That argument does not transfer to integer seats: the derivative of a step-shaped expected-revenue function does not exist, equality of marginal values across classes generally fails at every integer allocation, and the tail probability must be P[r≥S]P[r \ge S]P[r≥S] rather than the P[r>S]P[r > S]P[r>S] of Eq. (5.2) for the marginal identity to hold. The integer statements need their own exchange argument. A second subtlety is ties: "the nnn largest values" is not unique, and the goal must hold for every admissible choice, including choices in which a class's selected seat numbers are not an initial segment {1,…,Si}\{1, \dots, S_i\}{1,…,Si​}.

Formalization scope

All declarations live in the namespace SeatInventory.Distinct. Conventions:

  • Integer demand. The law of class iii's requests is d i : PMF ℕ; expectations are series over N\mathbb{N}N. The thesis's continuous densities are replaced by this discrete model, which the thesis itself requires for seat allocations (p. 103).
  • Tail convention. Pˉ(S)=P[r≥S]\bar P(S) = P[r \ge S]Pˉ(S)=P[r≥S], as in Eq. (6.2) and the prose of Eq. (5.11) ("the probability of selling SiS_iSi​ or more seats"), not the P[r>S]P[r > S]P[r>S] of Eq. (5.2).
  • Seat numbers start at 1, and the pairs (i,k)(i,k)(i,k) range over k∈{1,…,n}k \in \{1, \dots, n\}k∈{1,…,n}, as the 600 variables of a 150-seat, four-class problem on p. 90 indicate.
  • Nonnegative fares fi≥0f_i \ge 0fi​≥0 are assumed in every statement that needs them; with a negative fare the capacity constraint ∑Si≤n\sum S_i \le n∑Si​≤n would not bind and the claims fail.
  • Finite mean of the requests is assumed explicitly for Eq. (5.6); the thesis assumes it silently. Expected bookings are bounded and need no assumption.
  • Capacity. The goal and the LP compare against allocations with ∑iSi≤n\sum_i S_i \le n∑i​Si​≤n (the LP's constraint); milestone 5 compares allocations of exactly CCC seats (Eq. (5.8)).
  • No independence assumption. Expected revenue of distinct inventories depends only on each class's marginal law, so the statements take one law per class.
  • "Decreasing" is non-increasing. The thesis's justification in Sect. 6.1.1 gives only monotonicity; strict decrease fails for bounded demand.
  • LP integrality. "The solution will be integer" is stated as: the indicator of every set of nnn largest values is optimal. With ties the LP also has fractional optima.

The expected revenue in the goal is computed from the booking rule min⁡(ri,Si)\min(r_i, S_i)min(ri​,Si​); it is not defined as a sum of marginal values, and the optimal allocation is not defined as an argmax of Rˉ\bar RRˉ. Either shortcut would make the goal a tautology and is ruled out.

Needed infrastructure: tail sums of a PMF ℕ, telescoping of E[min⁡(r,S)]E[\min(r, S)]E[min(r,S)], and a finite exchange argument for sums of the nnn largest values of a function on a finite set; the last two are reusable for any separable concave resource-allocation problem. Contributions of proofs of any milestone, and of a verified sorting routine that produces a set of nnn largest values, are welcome.

Selected references

  • P. P. Belobaba, Air Travel Demand and Airline Seat Inventory Management, PhD thesis, MIT Flight Transportation Laboratory Report R87-7, 1987 (no DOI).
  • P. P. Belobaba, Airline yield management: an overview of seat inventory control, Transportation Science 21(2), 63–73, 1987. https://doi.org/10.1287/trsc.21.2.63
  • P. P. Belobaba, Application of a probabilistic decision model to airline seat inventory control, Operations Research 37(2), 183–197, 1989. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.37.2.183
  • K. Littlewood, Forecasting and control of passenger bookings, AGIFORS Symposium Proceedings 12, 1972; reprinted in Journal of Revenue and Pricing Management 4(2), 111–123, 2005. https://doi.org/10.1057/palgrave.rpm.5170134
8 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Dynamic ProgrammingOperations ResearchStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Stochastic Dynamic Programming and the Control of Queueing Systems III: Approximating Sequences for the Discounted Cost CriterionTextbook

Motivation

Optimal control of queueing systems leads to Markov decision problems whose state space is countably infinite (buffer contents, numbers of customers) and whose costs are unbounded (holding costs grow with the queue). Such a problem cannot be solved on a computer as it stands. The standard remedy is to truncate: solve a finite problem on the states {0,1,…,N}\{0,1,\dots,N\}{0,1,…,N} and hope that its value and its optimal policy approximate those of the original problem as NNN grows. Linn Sennott's approximating sequence method (ASM) makes this hope precise. For the expected discounted cost criterion, Sections 4.6–4.7 of Sennott's book (Stochastic Dynamic Programming and the Control of Queueing Systems, Wiley, 1999) identify a single condition, Assumption DC(α\alphaα), that is necessary and sufficient for convergence of the truncated values, and give checkable sufficient conditions for it.

The method matters because naive truncation can fail. The book's Example 4.6.1 has a chain whose value at state 000 is finite, yet a natural truncation produces values VαN(0)≥αN2/((1−α)[N(1−α)+α])→∞V^N_\alpha(0)\ge \alpha N^2/((1-\alpha)[N(1-\alpha)+\alpha])\to\inftyVαN​(0)≥αN2/((1−α)[N(1−α)+α])→∞. How the probability that would leave the truncated set is redistributed decides whether the computation is meaningful.

Earlier truncation schemes (Fox 1971; White 1980, 1982; Hernández-Lerma 1986; Cavazos-Cadena 1986; Whitt 1978–79; see the bibliographic notes on p. 81 of the book and Puterman 1994) require bounded rewards or pass directly to an algorithm. The ASM instead produces a sequence of finite Markov decision chains that can be studied in their own right; the material of Sections 4.6–4.7 is presented in the book as new.

Setting

A Markov decision chain (MDC) Δ\DeltaΔ has a countable state space SSS; for each state iii a finite nonempty action set AiA_iAi​; nonnegative finite costs C(i,a)C(i,a)C(i,a); and transition probabilities Pij(a)P_{ij}(a)Pij​(a) with ∑jPij(a)=1\sum_j P_{ij}(a)=1∑j​Pij​(a)=1. A policy θ\thetaθ chooses the action at time ttt at random from a distribution θ(⋅∣ht)\theta(\cdot\mid h_t)θ(⋅∣ht​) on AitA_{i_t}Ait​​ that may depend on the entire history ht=(i0,a0,…,it−1,at−1,it)h_t=(i_0,a_0,\dots,i_{t-1},a_{t-1},i_t)ht​=(i0​,a0​,…,it−1​,at−1​,it​). A stationary policy fff always chooses f(i)∈Aif(i)\in A_if(i)∈Ai​ in state iii. Fix a discount factor α∈(0,1)\alpha\in(0,1)α∈(0,1). The discounted cost of θ\thetaθ and the discounted value function are

Vθ,α(i)=∑t≥0αtEθ[C(Xt,At)∣X0=i],Vα(i)=inf⁡θVθ,α(i),V_{\theta,\alpha}(i)=\sum_{t\ge0}\alpha^tE_\theta[C(X_t,A_t)\mid X_0=i],\qquad V_\alpha(i)=\inf_\theta V_{\theta,\alpha}(i),Vθ,α​(i)=t≥0∑​αtEθ​[C(Xt​,At​)∣X0​=i],Vα​(i)=θinf​Vθ,α​(i),

both in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], the infimum over all policies. A policy is discount optimal if Vθ,α=VαV_{\theta,\alpha}=V_\alphaVθ,α​=Vα​.

An approximating sequence (ΔN)N≥N0(\Delta_N)_{N\ge N_0}(ΔN​)N≥N0​​ consists of finite nonempty sets SNS_NSN​ increasing to SSS and, for i∈SNi\in S_Ni∈SN​ and a∈Aia\in A_ia∈Ai​, probability distributions Pij(a;N)P_{ij}(a;N)Pij​(a;N) on SNS_NSN​ with Pij(a;N)→Pij(a)P_{ij}(a;N)\to P_{ij}(a)Pij​(a;N)→Pij​(a) as N→∞N\to\inftyN→∞. The finite MDC ΔN\Delta_NΔN​ has state space SNS_NSN​ and the same actions and costs; VαNV^N_\alphaVαN​ is its value function and fαNf^N_\alphafαN​ a stationary policy attaining the minimum in its discount optimality equation

VαN(i)=min⁡a∈Ai{C(i,a)+α∑j∈SNPij(a;N)VαN(j)},i∈SN.V^N_\alpha(i)=\min_{a\in A_i}\Big\{C(i,a)+\alpha\sum_{j\in S_N}P_{ij}(a;N)V^N_\alpha(j)\Big\},\qquad i\in S_N.VαN​(i)=a∈Ai​min​{C(i,a)+αj∈SN​∑​Pij​(a;N)VαN​(j)},i∈SN​.

An augmentation type approximating sequence (ATAS) keeps the original probabilities inside SNS_NSN​ and redistributes the excess probability Pir(a)P_{ir}(a)Pir​(a), r∉SNr\notin S_Nr∈/SN​, according to augmentation distributions qj(i,a,r,N)q_j(i,a,r,N)qj​(i,a,r,N) on SNS_NSN​: Pij(a;N)=Pij(a)+∑r∉SNPir(a)qj(i,a,r,N)P_{ij}(a;N)=P_{ij}(a)+\sum_{r\notin S_N}P_{ir}(a)q_j(i,a,r,N)Pij​(a;N)=Pij​(a)+∑r∈/SN​​Pir​(a)qj​(i,a,r,N).

Assumption DC(α\alphaα): for every i∈Si\in Si∈S, Wα(i):=lim sup⁡NVαN(i)<∞W_\alpha(i):=\limsup_{N}V^N_\alpha(i)<\inftyWα​(i):=limsupN​VαN​(i)<∞ and Wα(i)≤Vα(i)W_\alpha(i)\le V_\alpha(i)Wα​(i)≤Vα​(i).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.6.3

The following are equivalent:

(i) lim⁡N→∞VαN(i)=Vα(i)<∞  (i∈S);(ii) Assumption DC(α).\text{(i)}\ \lim_{N\to\infty}V^N_\alpha(i)=V_\alpha(i)<\infty\ \ (i\in S);\qquad \text{(ii)}\ \text{Assumption DC}(\alpha).(i) N→∞lim​VαN​(i)=Vα​(i)<∞  (i∈S);(ii) Assumption DC(α).

Under either, every limit point of (fαN)N≥N0(f^N_\alpha)_{N\ge N_0}(fαN​)N≥N0​​ (a stationary fff with fNr(i)=f(i)f^{N_r}(i)=f(i)fNr​(i)=f(i) eventually along a subsequence, for each iii) is discount optimal for Δ\DeltaΔ.

Milestones

  • Lemma 4.6.2: lim inf⁡NVαN≥Vα\liminf_N V^N_\alpha\ge V_\alphaliminfN​VαN​≥Vα​ for every approximating sequence.
  • Proposition 4.7.1: bounded costs imply DC(α\alphaα).
  • Lemma 4.7.2: taboo probabilities of avoiding S−SNS-S_NS−SN​ converge to the ttt-step transition probabilities.
  • Lemma 4.7.3: for the first passage time Ti(N)T_i(N)Ti​(N) out of SNS_NSN​ under a stationary policy, E[αTi(N)]→0E[\alpha^{T_i(N)}]\to0E[αTi​(N)]→0.
  • Proposition 4.7.4: if Vα<∞V_\alpha<\inftyVα​<∞ and the ATAS sends excess probability to a finite set, DC(α\alphaα) holds.
  • Corollary 4.7.5: the case of a single distinguished state zzz, with the relative form of the optimality equation for ΔN\Delta_NΔN​.
  • Proposition 4.7.6: if Vα<∞V_\alpha<\inftyVα​<∞ and the augmentation distributions satisfy ∑j∈SNqj(i,a,r,N)vα,n(j)≤vα,n(r)\sum_{j\in S_N}q_j(i,a,r,N)v_{\alpha,n}(j)\le v_{\alpha,n}(r)∑j∈SN​​qj​(i,a,r,N)vα,n​(j)≤vα,n​(r) for all n≥0n\ge0n≥0, then VαN≤VαV^N_\alpha\le V_\alphaVαN​≤Vα​ on SNS_NSN​.

Significance

Theorem 4.6.3 turns the question "does truncation work?" into the verification of one inequality between a lim sup and the true value, and it delivers both the value and an optimal stationary policy from finite computations. Propositions 4.7.4–4.7.6 give conditions that hold in the queueing models of the book with unbounded holding costs, and Corollary 4.7.5 supplies the computational form used for the inventory model of Chapter 5. The discounted theory is also the stepping stone to the average cost ASM of Chapter 8, which is built on discounted approximations.

All results are proved in the book. None of them is formalized: the platform has no statement about approximating sequences or state truncation of countable-state MDPs, and Mathlib has no Markov decision processes. The mission produces machine-checked versions of the convergence theorem and its sufficient conditions, for general history-dependent randomized policies and [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]-valued costs.

Difficulty

The value functions are infima over uncountably many history-dependent policies and may be infinite, so no contraction argument applies: costs are unbounded and VαV_\alphaVα​ is only the minimal nonnegative solution of its optimality equation. Passing to the limit in NNN inside ∑j∈SNPij(a;N)VαN(j)\sum_{j\in S_N}P_{ij}(a;N)V^N_\alpha(j)∑j∈SN​​Pij​(a;N)VαN​(j) is an interchange of limit and infinite sum under a moving probability measure, with no dominating function in general; Example 4.6.1 shows that the interchange genuinely fails. The upper bound of Proposition 4.7.4 requires comparing ΔN\Delta_NΔN​ with Δ\DeltaΔ along a coupled first passage out of SNS_NSN​, which needs the taboo-probability estimates of Lemmas 4.7.2–4.7.3. The obvious idea of bounding VαNV^N_\alphaVαN​ by sup⁡C/(1−α)\sup C/(1-\alpha)supC/(1−α) works only for bounded costs (Proposition 4.7.1).

Formalization scope

The state type S is countable ([Countable S]); actions live in a type Act, with a finite nonempty Finset of admissible actions per state. Costs are ℝ≥0, transition probabilities and all value functions are ℝ≥0∞, so infima over policies are lattice infima and +∞+\infty+∞ is a legitimate value. A general policy is a function of the history, encoded as the list of past state–action pairs (most recent first) and the current state; the expected cost at time ttt is the [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]-valued sum over histories. VαV_\alphaVα​ is the infimum over all such policies; a stationary policy enters as the policy putting mass one on f(i)f(i)f(i). The discount factor is α : ℝ≥0 with 0<α<10<\alpha<10<α<1 (the chapter's standing assumption). ΔN\Delta_NΔN​ is an MDC on the subtype SNS_NSN​; VαN(i)V^N_\alpha(i)VαN​(i) is extended by 000 when N<N0N<N_0N<N0​ or i∉SNi\notin S_Ni∈/SN​, a convention that affects finitely many NNN for each fixed iii and hence no limit in NNN. Limits, lim sups and lim infs are along Filter.atTop in ℝ≥0∞. Taboo probabilities and the first passage quantity E[αT]=∑n≥1αnP(T=n)E[\alpha^{T}]=\sum_{n\ge1}\alpha^nP(T=n)E[αT]=∑n≥1​αnP(T=n) (so α∞=0\alpha^\infty=0α∞=0) are defined combinatorially from the transition probabilities.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: VαV_\alphaVα​ is not an infimum over stationary policies only (which would make optimality of limit points close to definitional), DC(α\alphaα) keeps both of its conditions, and statement (i) of the goal includes finiteness of VαV_\alphaVα​.

A complete development needs the minimality of VαV_\alphaVα​ among nonnegative solutions of the discount optimality equation (Theorem 4.1.4, chunk II of this series), Fatou-type lemmas for sums against converging distributions (Appendix A, chunk XI), and compactness of stationary policies (Proposition B.5). Contributions of these as reusable lemmas about countable-state MDCs are welcome.

Selected references

  • L. I. Sennott, Stochastic Dynamic Programming and the Control of Queueing Systems, Wiley, 1999, Sections 4.6–4.7, pp. 73–81. https://doi.org/10.1002/9780470317037
  • M. L. Puterman, Markov Decision Processes: Discrete Stochastic Dynamic Programming, Wiley, 1994. https://doi.org/10.1002/9780470316887
11 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Convex OptimizationOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Numerical Techniques for Stochastic Optimization II: Logarithmic Concavity of Probabilistic ConstraintsTextbook

Motivation

Many engineering and economic planning problems must meet random requirements with a prescribed reliability: a reservoir must satisfy demand with probability at least 0.950.950.95, a power system must cover load except on rare days, an inventory must avoid shortage with high probability. Probabilistic constrained programming (also called chance-constrained programming) models this by requiring that a system of random inequalities hold jointly with probability at least ppp.

The first obstacle to solving such problems is structural. The probability that random constraints are satisfied is, in general, neither concave nor convex in the decision, so the feasible set need not be convex and local search can stall. Prékopa's theory of logarithmically concave measures (1971–1973) removed that obstacle for a large class of distributions, and it is the basis of the numerical methods of Chapter 5 of Ermoliev and Wets, Numerical Techniques for Stochastic Optimization (Springer 1988). This mission formalizes the structural theorems of that chapter.

Timeline:

  • 1959: Charnes and Cooper, individual chance constraints.
  • 1971: Prékopa, logarithmic concave measures with application to stochastic programming (Acta Sci. Math. Szeged 32).
  • 1973: Prékopa, logarithmic concave measures and functions (Acta Sci. Math. Szeged 34), containing the marginal theorem: marginals of log-concave functions are log-concave.
  • 1970s–1980s: nonlinear programming methods for (5.1) (SUMT with logarithmic penalty, supporting hyperplanes, reduced gradients) combined with Monte Carlo evaluation of h0h_0h0​; the chapter surveys them.

Setting

Let ξ\xiξ be a random vector in Rq\mathbb R^qRq on a probability space (Ω,F,P)(\Omega, \mathcal F, P)(Ω,F,P) and let g1,…,gr:Rn×Rq→Rg_1, \dots, g_r : \mathbb R^n \times \mathbb R^q \to \mathbb Rg1​,…,gr​:Rn×Rq→R. The chapter studies problem (5.1):

min⁡h(x)s.t.h0(x)=P(g1(x,ξ)≥0,…,gr(x,ξ)≥0)≥p,h1(x)≥p1,…,hm(x)≥pm.\min h(x) \quad \text{s.t.} \quad h_0(x) = P\bigl(g_1(x,\xi) \ge 0, \dots, g_r(x,\xi) \ge 0\bigr) \ge p, \quad h_1(x) \ge p_1, \dots, h_m(x) \ge p_m .minh(x)s.t.h0​(x)=P(g1​(x,ξ)≥0,…,gr​(x,ξ)≥0)≥p,h1​(x)≥p1​,…,hm​(x)≥pm​.

The function h0h_0h0​ is the probability function (chanceProb in Lean). In the special case gi(x,y)=Tix−yig_i(x,y) = T_i x - y_igi​(x,y)=Ti​x−yi​ it equals F(Tx)F(Tx)F(Tx), where FFF is the joint distribution function of ξ\xiξ.

A function f≥0f \ge 0f≥0 is logarithmically concave on a convex set SSS if

f(λu+(1−λ)v)≥f(u)λf(v)1−λ,u,v∈S, 0<λ<1.f(\lambda u + (1-\lambda) v) \ge f(u)^{\lambda} f(v)^{1-\lambda}, \qquad u, v \in S,\ 0 < \lambda < 1 .f(λu+(1−λ)v)≥f(u)λf(v)1−λ,u,v∈S, 0<λ<1.

Where f>0f > 0f>0 this is concavity of log⁡f\log flogf; the power form also makes sense where f=0f = 0f=0. Nondegenerate normal densities, uniform densities on convex bodies and exponential densities are log-concave.

Section 5.7 introduces the polynomial distribution (5.19) on the cube 0<zj≤10 < z_j \le 10<zj​≤1:

F(z1,…,zn)=1∑i=1Nciz1αi1⋯znαin,ci>0, αij≤0, ∑jαij<0F(z_1, \dots, z_n) = \frac{1}{\sum_{i=1}^{N} c_i z_1^{\alpha_{i1}} \cdots z_n^{\alpha_{in}}}, \qquad c_i > 0,\ \alpha_{ij} \le 0,\ \textstyle\sum_j \alpha_{ij} < 0F(z1​,…,zn​)=∑i=1N​ci​z1αi1​​⋯znαin​​1​,ci​>0, αij​≤0, ∑j​αij​<0

(polyDistF in Lean).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5.1

If g1,…,grg_1, \dots, g_rg1​,…,gr​ are jointly concave on Rn+q\mathbb R^{n+q}Rn+q and ξ\xiξ has a log-concave density fff on Rq\mathbb R^qRq, then

h0 is logarithmically concave on Rn.h_0 \text{ is logarithmically concave on } \mathbb R^n .h0​ is logarithmically concave on Rn.

Its immediate consequence is that the feasible set {x:h0(x)≥p}\{x : h_0(x) \ge p\}{x:h0​(x)≥p} is convex for every ppp.

Milestones

  1. Theorem 5.2.1: if hhh is log-concave on the convex set H={h≥p}H = \{h \ge p\}H={h≥p}, 0<p<10 < p < 10<p<1, then h−ph - ph−p is log-concave on HHH. This makes the logarithmic penalty function (5.5) of the SUMT method convex.
  2. Theorem 5.2.2: under the standing assumptions of §5.2, every interior point zzz of the feasible set of (5.1) satisfies hi(z)>pih_i(z) > p_ihi​(z)>pi​, i=0,…,mi = 0, \dots, mi=0,…,m.
  3. Theorem 5.7.1 (proved content, (5.21)): for n=2n = 2n=2 and oppositely ordered exponents, ∂2F/∂z1∂z2≥0\partial^2 F / \partial z_1 \partial z_2 \ge 0∂2F/∂z1​∂z2​≥0 on (0,1)2(0,1)^2(0,1)2.
  4. Theorem 5.7.2: the polynomial distribution function is log-concave on (0,1]n(0,1]^n(0,1]n.

The platform theorem ConvexOptimization.prekopa_marginal_log_concave (Prékopa's marginal theorem, proved) is included as a reference item.

Significance

Theorem 5.1 turns a probabilistic constraint into a convex constraint after taking logarithms. This is what makes convergence proofs for nonlinear programming methods (SUMT with logarithmic penalty, supporting hyperplanes, reduced gradients) applicable to (5.1) and to the reliability maximization problem (5.4); without it, those methods have no guarantee of finding a global optimum. Theorems 5.2.1 and 5.2.2 are the two facts that make the SUMT method of §5.2 well defined and convex on the interior of the feasible set. Theorem 5.7.2 shows that probabilistic constraints under the polynomial distribution define convex sets, so they can be added to geometric programmes.

On status: Theorem 5.1 is a classical result, proved in Prékopa's papers (the chapter itself refers to Prékopa's survey for the proof). Prékopa's marginal theorem and the Prékopa–Leindler inequality are already machine-checked on this platform; Theorem 5.1 and the §5.2 and §5.7 theorems are, as far as a search of the platform shows, not formalized. The work is formalizing known proofs, in the log-concavity predicate the platform already uses.

Difficulty

The obvious argument for Theorem 5.1, "the constraint set is convex and the density is log-concave, so the probability is log-concave", hides the real content: log-concavity of a probability as a function of a parameter is a statement about integrals, and it does not follow from pointwise properties of the integrand without a Prékopa–Leindler-type inequality. Concavity of each gig_igi​ separately in xxx and in yyy is not enough; joint concavity in (x,y)(x, y)(x,y) is used essentially. The probability function vanishes on large regions in typical examples, so any argument that takes logarithms pointwise fails at the boundary of its support.

For Theorem 5.2.2 the naive argument fails at the index i=0i = 0i=0: nothing about h0h_0h0​ is assumed directly, and log-concavity of h0h_0h0​ is exactly Theorem 5.1. For Theorem 5.7.1 the difficulty is a sign condition on a covariance; without the ordering hypothesis the mixed derivative can be negative.

Formalization scope

Rn\mathbb R^nRn and Rq\mathbb R^qRq are EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n) and EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin q); the constraint functions take pairs (x,y)(x, y)(x,y) in the product, and concavity is ConcaveOn ℝ Set.univ on that product (joint concavity). A "continuous probability distribution with density fff" is stated as P.map ξ = volume.withDensity (ENNReal.ofReal ∘ f) with ξ\xiξ and fff measurable and PPP a probability measure. Log-concavity is the platform definition ConvexOptimization.LogConcaveOn (nonnegativity plus the power inequality), imported as a reference item; concavity of Real.log ∘ h₀ would be a different, wrong property because Lean's Real.log 0 = 0. Indices are 0-based (Fin r, Fin m, Fin N, Fin n); the probabilistic constraint i=0i = 0i=0 of Theorem 5.2.2 is stated separately from h1,…,hmh_1, \dots, h_mh1​,…,hm​. The polynomial distribution is a formula on Fin n → ℝ with real powers, used only on the cube.

No constant of the book is replaced by an explicit value: every result of this chapter is qualitative.

Corrections of the printed text, recorded in each item's Formalization Note:

  • Theorem 5.1 states the density condition "for every x1,x2∈Rnx_1, x_2 \in \mathbb R^nx1​,x2​∈Rn"; the density lives on Rq\mathbb R^qRq and the condition is imposed there.
  • (5.19) prints the first factor as ziαi1z_i^{\alpha_{i1}}ziαi1​​ and the domain index as i=1,…,Ni = 1, \dots, Ni=1,…,N; they are read as z1αi1z_1^{\alpha_{i1}}z1αi1​​ and j=1,…,nj = 1, \dots, nj=1,…,n.
  • Theorem 5.7.1 prints its ordering hypothesis with transposed indices (α11≤α12≤⋯≤α1n\alpha_{11} \le \alpha_{12} \le \dots \le \alpha_{1n}α11​≤α12​≤⋯≤α1n​); following the proof, it is read as: across the NNN terms the z1z_1z1​-exponents increase and the z2z_2z2​-exponents decrease.
  • Theorem 5.7.1 claims "is a probability distribution function"; the book proves only (5.21), and normalization would need ∑ici=1\sum_i c_i = 1∑i​ci​=1, which is not assumed. The formal statement is (5.21), the mixed derivative as an iterated deriv.

Theorem 5.2.2 carries all six assumptions of §5.2, including compactness of the feasible set and the Slater point; it does not assume log-concavity of h0h_0h0​, which must be derived from the density and concavity hypotheses. A trivializing formalization, such as one with a density hypothesis that no probability law satisfies or a log-concavity predicate that holds for every function vanishing somewhere, is ruled out: the density hypotheses are satisfiable (checked locally) and LogConcaveOn is the multiplicative inequality at every pair of points.

Needed infrastructure: Prékopa's marginal theorem (available), log-concavity of indicators of convex sets and of products, measurability of the constraint set, and Artin's theorem that a sum of log-convex functions is log-convex (for Theorem 5.7.2). Artin's theorem and closure properties of LogConcaveOn are reusable beyond this mission, and contributions of them are welcome.

Selected references

  • A. Prékopa, "Numerical Solution of Probabilistic Constrained Programming Problems", in Yu. Ermoliev and R. J-B Wets (eds.), Numerical Techniques for Stochastic Optimization, Springer Series in Computational Mathematics 10, Springer 1988, Ch. 5, pp. 123–139. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-61370-8
  • A. Prékopa, "Logarithmic concave measures with application to stochastic programming", Acta Sci. Math. (Szeged) 32 (1971), 301–316.
  • A. Prékopa, "On logarithmic concave measures and functions", Acta Sci. Math. (Szeged) 34 (1973), 335–343.
  • A. Charnes and W. W. Cooper, "Chance-constrained programming", Management Science 6 (1959), 73–79. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.6.1.73
  • B. L. Miller and H. M. Wagner, "Chance constrained programming with joint constraints", Operations Research 13 (1965), 930–945. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.13.6.930
  • A. Prékopa, Stochastic Programming, Kluwer 1995. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-94-017-3087-7
9 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Convex OptimizationLinear OptimizationOperations Research+1·Captain: mikedeng1

Numerical Techniques for Stochastic Optimization I: Edmundson–Madansky Bounds for Independent Random Data and Simple RecourseTextbook

Motivation

In a two-stage stochastic linear program a decision xxx is taken before random data ξ\xiξ are observed, and a corrective recourse decision yyy is taken afterwards at a cost. The objective contains the expectation of an optimal value of a linear program, ∫Q(x,ξ(ω)) P(dω)\int Q(x,\xi(\omega))\,P(d\omega)∫Q(x,ξ(ω))P(dω), and for continuous or high-dimensional ξ\xiξ that integral cannot be evaluated exactly. Practical methods therefore replace ξ\xiξ by a discrete random vector and control the error by computable lower and upper bounds on the expected recourse cost. Chapter 2 of Ermoliev and Wets (eds.), Numerical Techniques for Stochastic Optimization (Springer 1988), by P. Kall, A. Ruszczyński and K. Frauendorfer, surveys these bounds as they were used in the codes of the time: Jensen's inequality from below, the Edmundson–Madansky inequality from above, and the special structure of simple recourse, where the expected cost is available in closed form.

Timeline. Jensen's inequality (1906) gives the lower bound for a convex integrand. A. Madansky, "Bounds on the expectation of a convex function of a multivariate random variable", Ann. Math. Statist. 30 (1959), and H. P. Edmundson (RAND report, 1956) gave the upper bound by the two-point law on the endpoints of an interval, and its product version for independent components. Kall and Stoyan (1982), Huang, Ziemba and Ben-Tal (1977), Frauendorfer and Kall (1988) developed partition refinement of both bounds, the scheme this chapter describes; Frauendorfer (1988) extended the upper bound to dependent data on boxes.

Setting

The two-stage problem (2.11) is: minimize ψ(x)=cTx+∫ΩQ(x,ξ(ω)) P(dω)\psi(x)=c^Tx+\int_\Omega Q(x,\xi(\omega))\,P(d\omega)ψ(x)=cTx+∫Ω​Q(x,ξ(ω))P(dω) subject to Ax=bAx=bAx=b, x≥0x\ge 0x≥0. The recourse cost Q(x,ξ)Q(x,\xi)Q(x,ξ) is the optimal value of the second-stage problem (2.12),

Q(x,ξ)=min⁡{qTy:Wy=h−Tx, y≥0},ξ=(q,h,T),Q(x,\xi)=\min\{q^Ty : Wy=h-Tx,\ y\ge 0\},\qquad \xi=(q,h,T),Q(x,ξ)=min{qTy:Wy=h−Tx, y≥0},ξ=(q,h,T),

with a deterministic m2×n2m_2\times n_2m2​×n2​ matrix WWW (fixed recourse), and Q=+∞Q=+\inftyQ=+∞ when (2.12) is infeasible. Throughout the chapter the book assumes complete recourse, {Wy:y≥0}=Rm2\{Wy:y\ge0\}=\mathbb R^{m_2}{Wy:y≥0}=Rm2​, and dual feasibility: for every realization of qqq some uuu satisfies WTu≤qW^Tu\le qWTu≤q. Under these assumptions QQQ is finite. The expected recourse function is Q(x)=∫Q(x,ξ(ω)) P(dω)\mathcal Q(x)=\int Q(x,\xi(\omega))\,P(d\omega)Q(x)=∫Q(x,ξ(ω))P(dω).

The Edmundson–Madansky law of an interval [a,b][a,b][a,b], a<ba<ba<b, with mean ξ0\xi^0ξ0 puts mass p1=(b−ξ0)/(b−a)p_1=(b-\xi^0)/(b-a)p1​=(b−ξ0)/(b−a) at aaa and p2=(ξ0−a)/(b−a)p_2=(\xi^0-a)/(b-a)p2​=(ξ0−a)/(b−a) at bbb (2.32). For a box Ξ=×j=1m[aj,bj]\Xi=\times_{j=1}^m[a_j,b_j]Ξ=×j=1m​[aj​,bj​] and means ξj0\xi^0_jξj0​, the vector ξ^\hat\xiξ^​ with independent components of these two-point laws sits at the vertex vvv with probability ∏jpj(vj)\prod_j p_j(v_j)∏j​pj​(vj​).

Simple recourse is the case W=[I,−I]W=[I,-I]W=[I,−I], q=[q+,q−]q=[q^+,q^-]q=[q+,q−] with qj++qj−≥0q^+_j+q^-_j\ge0qj+​+qj−​≥0, deterministic TTT and random hhh only. With χ=Tx\chi=Txχ=Tx the recourse cost splits into one-row costs Qj(χj,hj)=qj+(hj−χj)Q_j(\chi_j,h_j)=q^+_j(h_j-\chi_j)Qj​(χj​,hj​)=qj+​(hj​−χj​) if hj≥χjh_j\ge\chi_jhj​≥χj​, and qj−(χj−hj)q^-_j(\chi_j-h_j)qj−​(χj​−hj​) otherwise.

Formalization targets

Goal: the Edmundson–Madansky bound for independent components (p. 46)

If ξ\xiξ has independent components ξj∈[aj,bj]\xi_j\in[a_j,b_j]ξj​∈[aj​,bj​] with means ξj0\xi^0_jξj0​, and φ\varphiφ is convex on Ξ=×j[aj,bj]\Xi=\times_j[a_j,b_j]Ξ=×j​[aj​,bj​], then

Eφ(ξ)≤∑v∈vert Ξ(∏j=1mpj(vj))φ(v).E\varphi(\xi)\le\sum_{v\in\mathrm{vert}\,\Xi}\Big(\prod_{j=1}^m p_j(v_j)\Big)\varphi(v).Eφ(ξ)≤v∈vertΞ∑​(j=1∏m​pj​(vj​))φ(v).

The book applies it to φ=Q(x,⋅)\varphi=Q(x,\cdot)φ=Q(x,⋅); the goal is stated for every convex φ\varphiφ, with the explicit weights of (2.32).

Milestones

  1. Properties (b), (d), (e) of p. 40: Q(x,⋅)Q(x,\cdot)Q(x,⋅) is piecewise linear and convex in (h,T)(h,T)(h,T); Q(⋅,ξ)Q(\cdot,\xi)Q(⋅,ξ) is convex piecewise linear in xxx; the expected recourse function is finite and convex under finite second moments.
  2. The Jensen lower bound (2.26)–(2.27) on a partition (a published, proved theorem, reused).
  3. The dual-multiplier lower bound (2.30)–(2.31).
  4. The one-dimensional Edmundson–Madansky inequality (2.32)–(2.34).
  5. For simple recourse: separability (2.46)–(2.49), the closed form (2.51) of EQjEQ_jEQj​, and the bounds (2.55)–(2.56) from the one-block problem.

Significance

The upper bound is the half of the bounding scheme that is not automatic. Jensen's inequality needs only a mean; an upper bound on the expectation of a convex function needs a bounded support and, in the product form, independence. Together they give a certified interval for the optimal value of a two-stage problem, and repeated partitioning of the support shrinks that interval; this is the basis of the sequential approximation methods of §2.2.4 and of later codes. The dual-multiplier bound and the simple-recourse formulas are the pieces that make those intervals cheap to compute.

The results are classical and proved in the literature cited on the page. The one-dimensional Edmundson–Madansky inequality and the general extreme-point form of the upper bound (a measure on the extreme points reproducing the barycentre) are already formalized on Prove2Me in the Introduction to Stochastic Programming series, as is the partition Jensen bound. The product form for independent components is not: deriving it from the extreme-point form requires constructing the product kernel, which is the content of this mission. The recourse properties (b), (d), (e) for a general distribution with finite second moments, the dual-multiplier bound and the simple-recourse formulas are not formalized anywhere known to this mission.

Difficulty

The obvious argument inducts on the dimension, applying the one-dimensional inequality in one coordinate while the others are held fixed. That step needs the conditional law of the remaining coordinates given the first to be their unconditional law, i.e. independence expressed as a product decomposition of the joint law, and it needs φ\varphiφ with one coordinate replaced by an endpoint to remain convex on the lower-dimensional box and integrable. For dependent components the inequality is false with these weights: on [0,1]2[0,1]^2[0,1]2 with means (12,12)(\tfrac12,\tfrac12)(21​,21​) and φ(x,y)=(x−y)2\varphi(x,y)=(x-y)^2φ(x,y)=(x−y)2, the product law gives 12\tfrac1221​ while mass 12\tfrac1221​ at (1,0)(1,0)(1,0) and at (0,1)(0,1)(0,1) gives 111. The book's remark that the product law is extremal among all laws on Ξ\XiΞ with the given mean fails for this reason when m≥2m\ge2m≥2, and is not part of this mission.

For the recourse properties the difficulty is bookkeeping: QQQ is an extended-real optimal value, and finiteness, measurability in ω\omegaω and integrability must be derived from complete recourse, dual feasibility and the moment hypothesis rather than assumed.

Formalization scope

Vectors are functions from finite index types to R\mathbb RR (ι → ℝ), matrices are Mathlib Matrix, and random data live on a probability space (Ω, P). The recourse cost is an EReal infimum over the feasible set, so infeasibility gives +∞+\infty+∞ and unboundedness −∞-\infty−∞ exactly as on p. 39; theorems that integrate it carry complete recourse and dual feasibility, which make it finite. The expected recourse function integrates the real part of the recourse cost. Independence of the components is ProbabilityTheory.iIndepFun; the box is Set.pi univ (fun j => Icc (a j) (b j)), with aj<bja_j<b_jaj​<bj​, and values in the box are required almost surely. The upper bound is the explicit sum over Boolean vertex labels of products of the weights (2.32); no abstract extremal measure is used.

Conventions fixed where the page is silent or ambiguous:

  • Properties (b), (d), (e) are stated on all of Rn1\mathbb R^{n_1}Rn1​: under the standing complete-recourse assumption K2=Rn1K_2=\mathbb R^{n_1}K2​=Rn1​. "Convex piecewise linear" is rendered as a maximum of finitely many affine functions.
  • The book's hypothesis of finite second moments in (e) is kept as stated, componentwise.
  • The book writes QQQ for both Q(x,ξ)Q(x,\xi)Q(x,ξ) and Q(x)\mathcal Q(x)Q(x), and reuses Q~\tilde QQ~​, ψ~\tilde\psiψ~​ for different functions in (2.27) and (2.30)–(2.31); the Lean names are recourseCost, expectedRecourse and dualLowerBound.
  • In (2.51) a conditional mean on a null event is 000 in Lean; it always appears multiplied by that event's probability, so the formula is unchanged.
  • In (2.56) the minimum is a real infimum over the nonempty first-stage feasible set; attainment is not claimed.
  • No constant of the chapter is hidden behind O(⋅)O(\cdot)O(⋅); all bounds are explicit.

A goal stated for affine φ\varphiφ (where it is an equality), or with ξ^\hat\xiξ^​ allowed to be any discrete law with the right mean, would be trivial or a different theorem; the weights are the products of (2.32), and independence of the components is a hypothesis.

A complete development needs: finite-dimensional LP duality with extended-real values (reusable across all recourse missions), measurability and integrability of optimal-value functions, the conditional-independence step for product measures, and the one-dimensional chord inequality. The partitioned upper bound (2.37) and the discrete reformulation (2.21), (2.28) are natural follow-up statements on the same definitions.

Selected references

  • P. Kall, A. Ruszczyński, K. Frauendorfer, "Approximation Techniques in Stochastic Programming", in Yu. Ermoliev and R. J-B Wets (eds.), Numerical Techniques for Stochastic Optimization, Springer Series in Computational Mathematics 10, Springer 1988, Ch. 2, pp. 33–64. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-61370-8
  • A. Madansky, "Bounds on the expectation of a convex function of a multivariate random variable", Annals of Mathematical Statistics 30 (1959), 743–746. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177706203
  • P. Kall, Stochastic Linear Programming, Springer 1976. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-66252-2
  • R. J-B Wets, "Stochastic programs with fixed recourse: the equivalent deterministic program", SIAM Review 16 (1974), 309–339. https://doi.org/10.1137/1016053
  • K. Frauendorfer, "Solving SLP recourse problems with arbitrary multivariate distributions — the dependent case", Mathematics of Operations Research 13 (1988), 377–394. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.13.3.377
  • J. R. Birge, F. Louveaux, Introduction to Stochastic Programming, Springer 1997, Ch. 8. https://doi.org/10.1007/b97617
13 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Linear OptimizationOperations ResearchTheoretical Computer Science·Captain: mikedeng1

Competitive Randomized Algorithms for Nonuniform Problems IV: The Optimal Randomized Two-Server Ratio 1652/1069 on the 3-4-5 TriangleResearch Paper

Motivation

The kkk-server problem is a basic model of on-line decision making. kkk mobile servers move in a metric space, requests for points arrive one at a time, and each request has to be covered by a server before the next one arrives. The cost is the total distance the servers move. The problem includes paging, caching and disk-head scheduling as special cases (Manasse, McGeoch, Sleator 1990). An on-line algorithm is judged by its competitive factor: how much its cost can exceed that of an off-line algorithm that knows the whole request sequence in advance.

For randomized algorithms against an oblivious adversary (one that fixes the whole request sequence before the algorithm flips any coins), the best-understood case is paging, which is the kkk-server problem on a uniform metric space. There the optimal factor is the harmonic number Hk=∑i=1k1/iH_k=\sum_{i=1}^k 1/iHk​=∑i=1k​1/i. Fiat et al. proved the lower bound (1991) and McGeoch and Sleator the matching upper bound (1991). Karlin, Manasse, McGeoch and Owicki (Algorithmica 11, 1994, §5) asked whether HkH_kHk​-competitive algorithms also exist when the metric space is not uniform. They answered no, already for two servers on three points: on certain triangles the optimal randomized factor is strictly larger than H2=3/2H_2 = 3/2H2​=3/2. This mission formalizes their Theorem 13, which gives the exact optimal factor on the triangle with edge lengths 3, 4 and 5.

Timeline:

  • 1990: Manasse, McGeoch and Sleator introduce the kkk-server problem; kkk is the deterministic optimum for k=2k=2k=2.
  • 1991: Fiat, Karp, Luby, McGeoch, Sleator and Young prove the HkH_kHk​ lower bound for randomized paging. McGeoch and Sleator give an HkH_kHk​-competitive paging algorithm.
  • 1994: Karlin, Manasse, McGeoch and Owicki determine the optimal randomized two-server factors on the isosceles triangles 111-ddd-ddd (Theorem 12) and on the 3-4-5 triangle (Theorem 13, the ratio 1652/10691652/10691652/1069). Both exceed 3/23/23/2.

Setting

Let MMM be a metric space with exactly three points a,b,ca, b, ca,b,c, where d(a,b)=3d(a,b)=3d(a,b)=3, d(a,c)=5d(a,c)=5d(a,c)=5 and d(b,c)=4d(b,c)=4d(b,c)=4. A configuration CCC gives the positions of two labelled servers in MMM. A request sequence σ\sigmaσ is a finite list of points of MMM.

A deterministic on-line algorithm assigns to each prefix of a request sequence a configuration, in which the last request is covered. Its configuration after a prefix therefore cannot depend on later requests. Its initial configuration is the one it assigns to the empty prefix, and its cost CA(σ)C_A(\sigma)CA​(σ) on σ\sigmaσ is the total distance its servers move while serving σ\sigmaσ request by request.

The optimal off-line cost Copt(σ)C_{opt}(\sigma)Copt​(σ) from an initial configuration C0C_0C0​ is the infimum, over all schedules that start at C0C_0C0​ and cover each request of σ\sigmaσ in turn, of the total distance moved.

A randomized on-line algorithm AAA is a probability distribution over deterministic on-line algorithms, all starting at C0C_0C0​. The cost on each fixed σ\sigmaσ is required to be measurable in the random choice, and ECA(σ)\mathbf{E}C_A(\sigma)ECA​(σ) is the expected cost. AAA is ρ\rhoρ-competitive against an oblivious adversary if there is a constant aaa such that for every request sequence σ\sigmaσ,

ECA(σ)≤ρ⋅Copt(σ)+a.\mathbf{E}C_A(\sigma) \le \rho\cdot C_{opt}(\sigma) + a .ECA​(σ)≤ρ⋅Copt​(σ)+a.

These are the definitions of p. 543 of the paper. They are the platform's published KServer_model and KServer_randomized, which this mission reuses unchanged: KServer.RandomizedAlgorithm 2 M and A.IsCompetitiveFrom C₀ ρ.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 13

For every initial configuration C0C_0C0​ of the two servers,

(∀A, ∀ρ, A is ρ-competitive from C0⇒ρ≥16521069) ∧ (∃A, A is 16521069-competitive from C0).\Big(\forall A,\ \forall \rho,\ A \text{ is } \rho\text{-competitive from } C_0 \Rightarrow \rho \ge \tfrac{1652}{1069}\Big)\ \wedge\ \Big(\exists A,\ A \text{ is } \tfrac{1652}{1069}\text{-competitive from } C_0\Big).(∀A, ∀ρ, A is ρ-competitive from C0​⇒ρ≥10691652​) ∧ (∃A, A is 10691652​-competitive from C0​).

The first claim is quantified over all randomized algorithms, so it also covers deterministic ones (point masses). The second claim asks for one algorithm. Together they say that 1652/1069≈1.5451652/1069 \approx 1.5451652/1069≈1.545 is the exact optimal randomized factor on this triangle.

Milestones

  1. The phase LP lower bound (p. 568). Twelve linear constraints in nine probabilities π1,…,π9\pi_1,\dots,\pi_9π1​,…,π9​, three potentials Φab,Φac,Φbc\Phi_{ab},\Phi_{ac},\Phi_{bc}Φab​,Φac​,Φbc​ and a ratio α\alphaα, one constraint for each possible phase of the request sequence, of the form
A’s cost≤α⋅(opt’s cost)+Φinitial−Φfinal.\text{A's cost} \le \alpha\cdot(\text{opt's cost}) + \Phi_{\text{initial}} - \Phi_{\text{final}}.A’s cost≤α⋅(opt’s cost)+Φinitial​−Φfinal​.

Every real solution has α≥1652/1069\alpha \ge 1652/1069α≥1652/1069. 2. The LP attainment (p. 568). The paper's printed probabilities lie in [0,1][0,1][0,1], and with suitable potentials they satisfy all twelve constraints at α=1652/1069\alpha = 1652/1069α=1652/1069. 3. Theorem 13, first claim: the lower bound for every randomized algorithm. 4. Theorem 13, second claim: a 1652/10691652/10691652/1069-competitive randomized algorithm exists.

Significance

The result. Theorem 13 shows that the HkH_kHk​ behaviour of randomized paging does not carry over to general metric spaces. Two servers on a three-point space already force a factor above 3/23/23/2. The value is exact, which makes this triangle a test case for any general theory of randomized kkk-server algorithms on small metric spaces. With Theorem 12 (the isosceles triangles, a companion mission of this series), it is one of the few non-uniform metric spaces with a known optimal randomized factor.

Formalizing it. The result has been proved since 1994. To our knowledge there is no machine-checked proof. The paper derives both bounds from two framework theorems for phase-based algorithms: Theorem 3 (an LP lower bound for phase-based algorithms bounds every algorithm) and Theorem 2 (a lazy phase-based algorithm with LP bound α\alphaα is α\alphaα-competitive). The phase tables themselves (which phases can occur and what they cost) are stated without detailed proof. A formal proof has to supply both framework arguments for this space and verify the phase tables, as well as the finite linear algebra of milestones 1 and 2. The milestones isolate the exact-arithmetic core so that it can be closed independently of the probabilistic part.

Difficulty

The two LP milestones are finite exact-arithmetic facts. The hard part is linking them to Theorem 13.

For the lower bound, an algorithm need not be phase-based at all. Its probabilities may depend on the whole history, not only on the current phase, and it may leave the configuration of the off-line optimum at the end of a phase. The obvious attempt is to fix one hard request sequence and compare costs, but that cannot work: randomization defeats any single sequence. The reduction from arbitrary algorithms to phase-based ones (the paper's Theorem 3) is the substantive step.

For the upper bound, the printed probabilities describe the algorithm's marginal position after each prefix of a phase. They have to be realized as a single probability distribution over deterministic on-line algorithms that is lazy (it moves only to serve a request) and whose expected cost per phase equals the table's entry. On top of this, the LP accounting has to be turned into a bound on arbitrary request sequences, including partial phases and a start away from the optimum's configuration.

Formalization scope

  • Model. The platform definitions KServer_model and KServer_randomized are used unchanged. Servers are labelled (Config 2 M = Fin 2 → M). A deterministic algorithm is a function of the request prefix, which makes it on-line by construction. A randomized algorithm is a mixed strategy with a probability measure and a measurability field, and its expected cost is the lower Lebesgue integral of the nonnegative cost. The off-line optimum is a real infimum over schedules from C0C_0C0​; the set is nonempty and bounded below by 000. Competitiveness allows any real additive constant.
  • The triangle is given by hypotheses on an arbitrary metric space: every point equals aaa, bbb or ccc, and d(a,b)=3d(a,b)=3d(a,b)=3, d(a,c)=5d(a,c)=5d(a,c)=5, d(b,c)=4d(b,c)=4d(b,c)=4. These hypotheses are satisfiable (3+4≥53+4\ge53+4≥5) and force three distinct points.
  • Initial configuration. Both claims are stated for every initial configuration C0C_0C0​, including both servers on one point. The paper does not fix the start; the additive constant absorbs it.
  • LP milestones. The thirteen LP variables are free reals, with no box 0≤πi≤10\le\pi_i\le 10≤πi​≤1, exactly as the paper permits. This makes milestone 1 stronger than the boxed version; the minimum is the same either way. The twelve constraints are written out one per hypothesis, in the table's order, with the potential difference Φinitial−Φfinal\Phi_{\text{initial}} - \Phi_{\text{final}}Φinitial​−Φfinal​ on the right. In milestone 2 the potentials are existentially quantified, since the paper names none.
  • Not stated. The paper's Theorems 2 and 3 (the phase framework) and the phase tables are not separate milestones. Milestone 1 feeds the first claim through Theorem 3, and milestone 2 feeds the second claim through Theorem 2. Contributions formalizing phase-based algorithms, laziness and the LP-bound reduction for finite metric spaces would be reusable for Theorem 12 and Theorem 14 of the same paper.
  • Ruled out. The lower bound is not restricted to deterministic or to phase-based algorithms, and it is not stated as "one sequence defeats every algorithm". The constant is exactly 1652/10691652/10691652/1069, not an approximation, and the attainment claim is not weakened to "for some initial configuration".

Selected references

  • A. R. Karlin, M. S. Manasse, L. A. McGeoch, S. Owicki, Competitive Randomized Algorithms for Nonuniform Problems, Algorithmica 11 (1994) 542–571. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01189993
  • M. S. Manasse, L. A. McGeoch, D. D. Sleator, Competitive Algorithms for Server Problems, Journal of Algorithms 11 (1990) 208–230. https://doi.org/10.1016/0196-6774(90)90003-W
  • A. Fiat, R. M. Karp, M. Luby, L. A. McGeoch, D. D. Sleator, N. E. Young, Competitive Paging Algorithms, Journal of Algorithms 12 (1991) 685–699. https://doi.org/10.1016/0196-6774(91)90041-V
  • L. A. McGeoch, D. D. Sleator, A Strongly Competitive Randomized Paging Algorithm, Algorithmica 6 (1991) 816–825. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01759073
7 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Linear OptimizationOperations ResearchTheoretical Computer Science·Captain: mikedeng1

Competitive Randomized Algorithms for Nonuniform Problems I: Optimal Competitiveness of Randomized Block Snoopy CachingResearch Paper

Motivation

In a shared-memory multiprocessor, each processor keeps copies of memory blocks in its own cache, and all caches listen ("snoop") on a common bus. Every bus cycle spent keeping these copies consistent is a cycle not available for useful work, so the protocol that decides when a block is shared by several caches and when it is private to one cache directly controls bus traffic. The decision has to be made on-line, without knowing which processor will touch the block next.

Karlin, Manasse, Rudolph and Sleator (Algorithmica 1988) introduced competitive analysis for this problem and gave a deterministic algorithm with competitive ratio 222, which is optimal among deterministic algorithms. Karlin, Manasse, McGeoch and Owicki (Algorithmica 1994) showed that randomization helps: against an oblivious adversary the optimal ratio for block snoopy caching is ep/(ep−1)e_p/(e_p-1)ep​/(ep​−1), where ppp is the cost of transferring a block. The same paper develops a general method for "nonuniform" problems, in which some state transitions are much more expensive than others, and the snoopy-caching result is its first application.

Setting

Fix nnn processors and one memory block BBB holding p−1p-1p−1 variables; transferring BBB over the bus costs ppp bus cycles. The block is in one of n+1n+1n+1 states: shared between all caches, or private to the cache of processor iii.

A request is a read Ri\mathrm{R}_iRi​ or a write Wi\mathrm{W}_iWi​ by processor iii. Moving from a private state to any other state costs ppp; moving from the shared state is free. A read Ri\mathrm{R}_iRi​ costs 000 if BBB is shared or private to iii and +∞+\infty+∞ otherwise. A write Wi\mathrm{W}_iWi​ costs 000 if BBB is private to iii, 111 if BBB is shared (one bus cycle broadcasts the new value), and +∞+\infty+∞ otherwise.

Before request jjj the system is in state sj−1s_{j-1}sj−1​. A read is a look-ahead-one request: the algorithm may change state at the moment of the request, after seeing it. A write is a look-ahead-zero request: it is served in whatever state the system is in. After either kind, the algorithm may move again. The cost of a request is the cost of the move to the serving state, plus the task cost there, plus the cost of the move afterwards. Every write is preceded by a read to the same block, so in an admissible sequence each write Wi\mathrm{W}_iWi​ directly follows Ri\mathrm{R}_iRi​ or Wi\mathrm{W}_iWi​.

The off-line optimum Copt(s0,σ)C_{opt}(s_0,\sigma)Copt​(s0​,σ) is the least total cost of serving σ\sigmaσ from the initial state s0s_0s0​ with full knowledge of σ\sigmaσ. A randomized on-line algorithm AAA is a probability distribution over deterministic on-line algorithms; its expected cost on σ\sigmaσ is ECA(σ)\mathbf{E}C_A(\sigma)ECA​(σ). AAA is ccc-competitive against an oblivious adversary from s0s_0s0​ if there is a constant aaa with

ECA(σ)≤c⋅Copt(s0,σ)+a\mathbf{E}C_A(\sigma)\le c\cdot C_{opt}(s_0,\sigma)+aECA​(σ)≤c⋅Copt​(s0​,σ)+a

for every admissible σ\sigmaσ. Put

ep=(1+1p)p.e_p=\left(1+\frac1p\right)^p .ep​=(1+p1​)p.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4

For n≥2n\ge 2n≥2, p≥1p\ge 1p≥1 and every initial state s0s_0s0​:

(∀A ∀c: A is c-competitive from s0⇒c≥epep−1) ∧ ∃A: A is epep−1-competitive from s0.\Big(\forall A\ \forall c:\ A \text{ is } c\text{-competitive from } s_0 \Rightarrow c\ge \tfrac{e_p}{e_p-1}\Big)\ \wedge\ \exists A:\ A \text{ is } \tfrac{e_p}{e_p-1}\text{-competitive from } s_0 .(∀A ∀c: A is c-competitive from s0​⇒c≥ep​−1ep​​) ∧ ∃A: A is ep​−1ep​​-competitive from s0​.

The two conjuncts are milestones of their own: the lower bound (Theorem 4, first claim) and attainment (Theorem 4, second claim).

The phase linear program (§3.2, pp. 552–554)

For p≥1p\ge1p≥1, real π1,…,πp+1\pi_1,\dots,\pi_{p+1}π1​,…,πp+1​ with πp+1=1\pi_{p+1}=1πp+1​=1, and real α\alphaα with

πk+1p+∑i=1k(1−πi)≤αk(k=0,…,p),\pi_{k+1}p+\sum_{i=1}^{k}(1-\pi_i)\le\alpha k\qquad(k=0,\dots,p),πk+1​p+i=1∑k​(1−πi​)≤αk(k=0,…,p),

one has α≥ep/(ep−1)\alpha\ge e_p/(e_p-1)α≥ep​/(ep​−1). Conversely, at α=ep/(ep−1)\alpha=e_p/(e_p-1)α=ep​/(ep​−1) the choice πk=(α−1)(((p+1)/p)k−1−1)\pi_k=(\alpha-1)\big(((p+1)/p)^{k-1}-1\big)πk​=(α−1)(((p+1)/p)k−1−1) satisfies πp+1=1\pi_{p+1}=1πp+1​=1, 0≤π1≤⋯≤πp+10\le\pi_1\le\dots\le\pi_{p+1}0≤π1​≤⋯≤πp+1​, and makes every constraint an equality.

Significance

The theorem settles the randomized competitive ratio of block snoopy caching exactly: 222 at p=1p=1p=1, 9/59/59/5 at p=2p=2p=2, decreasing to e/(e−1)≈1.582e/(e-1)\approx1.582e/(e−1)≈1.582 as p→∞p\to\inftyp→∞, against the deterministic optimum 222. The same ratio e/(e−1)e/(e-1)e/(e−1) is the randomized optimum for the continuous ski-rental and spin-block problems treated later in the paper, and the snoopy-caching case is its discrete counterpart with ratio ep/(ep−1)e_p/(e_p-1)ep​/(ep​−1). The phase-LP method used here recurs in the paper's two-server results.

The result is proved in the paper; to our knowledge it has no machine-checked proof. This mission produces a formal model of the snoopy-caching task system with look-ahead-zero requests, of randomized algorithms against an oblivious adversary with infinite task costs allowed, and of the off-line optimum, together with the exact optimal ratio. The platform's fractional ski-rental result (PrimalDualOnline.SkiRental.fractional_competitive) proves an eB/(eB−1)e_B/(e_B-1)eB​/(eB​−1) bound for a different model: one deterministic fractional algorithm, with no lower bound over randomized algorithms. It is related work, not a special case.

Difficulty

The linear program is elementary. The gap is between the LP and the algorithms. The paper's lower bound reduces arbitrary randomized algorithms to phase-based ones, whose state distribution at the end of each phase agrees with the optimal algorithm's known state, and whose behaviour inside a phase depends only on the number of writes so far. This reduction (Theorems 1 and 3 of the paper, pp. 545–549) is where the argument is not routine. An algorithm may keep the block private to a processor that is not the active one, may randomize over histories rather than over phase lengths, and the off-line optimum is not a sum of per-phase costs at the ends of the sequence. The obvious approach, bounding a single adversarial phase, does not suffice, because an algorithm may pay more in one phase and recover it in the next; the additive constant aaa and the infinite horizon have to be handled. For attainment, the mixture of threshold algorithms must be written as a genuine distribution over on-line algorithms, with the initial phase from a private state absorbed into the additive constant.

Formalization scope

Everything lives in the namespace NonuniformCompetitive.Snoopy. States are Option (Fin n) (none = shared). Costs are in ℝ≥0∞; +∞+\infty+∞ is a genuine outcome, so an algorithm that ever pays +∞+\infty+∞ with positive probability on an admissible sequence is not competitive. A deterministic on-line algorithm is a pair of functions of the request prefix (the state at the moment of the last request, and the state after it), with the look-ahead-zero rule as a field. Moves "immediately before" a request are made without knowledge of it and are recorded as moves after the previous request. A randomized algorithm is a probability space with a measurable cost on every sequence, and its expected cost is a lower Lebesgue integral. The off-line optimum is an infimum in ℝ≥0∞ over schedules starting in s0s_0s0​; it is finite on admissible sequences.

Conventions added to the printed statement, all from the paper's setting: (i) n≥2n\ge2n≥2, since with one processor the block can stay private for free; (ii) one block, since the proof of Theorem 4 splits a multi-block system into independent blocks (p. 551); (iii) admissibility in the form "each write of iii directly follows a read or write of iii", the reading of "every write is preceded by a read to the same block" that the proof uses; without it every algorithm is defeated by a write from a processor whose block copy was invalidated; (iv) p∈Np\in\mathbb{N}p∈N, p≥1p\ge1p≥1; (v) both claims from every initial state, with an additive constant depending on nnn, ppp, s0s_0s0​.

The lower bound is over all randomized algorithms, not over phase-based or deterministic ones; a statement restricted to phase-based algorithms, or the LP alone in place of the goal, would not be Theorem 4. The LP variables are free, as in the paper.

Welcome contributions: a formal version of the phase reduction (Theorems 1 and 3 of the paper) for this task system, which is reusable for the paper's other nonuniform problems; the threshold algorithms and their mixture; and a proof that the off-line optimum decomposes by write runs up to a bounded error.

Selected references

  • A. R. Karlin, M. S. Manasse, L. A. McGeoch, S. Owicki, Competitive Randomized Algorithms for Nonuniform Problems, Algorithmica 11 (1994), 542–571. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01189993
  • A. R. Karlin, M. S. Manasse, L. Rudolph, D. D. Sleator, Competitive Snoopy Caching, Algorithmica 3 (1988), 79–119. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01762111
  • A. Borodin, R. El-Yaniv, Online Computation and Competitive Analysis, Cambridge University Press, 1998.
8 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Convex OptimizationOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Random Gradient-Free Minimization of Convex Functions III: Accelerated Random SearchResearch Paper

Motivation

Many optimization problems in engineering, simulation-based design and machine learning give access only to function values: the objective is the output of a simulator or a black-box program, and its gradient is unavailable or too expensive. Derivative-free (or zeroth-order) methods address this setting. Nesterov and Spokoiny (Found. Comput. Math. 17 (2017)) showed that a very simple oracle, the finite difference of fff along a random Gaussian direction, can replace the gradient in standard first-order schemes at the price of a factor depending only on the dimension. Their analysis became the reference point for later work on zeroth-order stochastic optimization and on gradient-free methods in reinforcement learning and adversarial attacks.

This mission covers Section 6 of the paper: the accelerated random method FGμ\mathcal{FG}_\muFGμ​ and its rate, Theorem 9. It is the third mission of a series; the first covers random search for nonsmooth problems (Theorem 6), the second the random gradient method for smooth problems (Theorem 8).

Setting

Let EEE be a real inner product space of dimension n≥2n \ge 2n≥2 with norm ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥ (the paper's space with operator BBB is EEE with the inner product ⟨Bx,y⟩\langle Bx, y\rangle⟨Bx,y⟩). Let uuu be a standard Gaussian vector in EEE, and write Eu\mathbb E_uEu​ for expectation over uuu.

The objective f:E→Rf : E \to \mathbb Rf:E→R is differentiable with Lipschitz gradient, ∥∇f(x)−∇f(y)∥≤L1∥x−y∥\|\nabla f(x) - \nabla f(y)\| \le L_1\|x - y\|∥∇f(x)−∇f(y)∥≤L1​∥x−y∥ with L1>0L_1 > 0L1​>0, and strongly convex with parameter τ≥0\tau \ge 0τ≥0:

f(y)≥f(x)+⟨∇f(x),y−x⟩+τ2∥y−x∥2.f(y) \ge f(x) + \langle\nabla f(x), y - x\rangle + \tfrac{\tau}{2}\|y - x\|^2 .f(y)≥f(x)+⟨∇f(x),y−x⟩+2τ​∥y−x∥2.

The value τ=0\tau = 0τ=0 is allowed (plain convexity). The condition number is κ=τ/L1\kappa = \tau/L_1κ=τ/L1​. The problem f∗=min⁡x∈Ef(x)f^* = \min_{x \in E} f(x)f∗=minx∈E​f(x) is assumed solvable, with minimizer x∗x^*x∗.

For μ≥0\mu \ge 0μ≥0 the Gaussian approximation is fμ(x)=Euf(x+μu)f_\mu(x) = \mathbb E_u f(x + \mu u)fμ​(x)=Eu​f(x+μu), and the random gradient-free oracle is

B−1gμ(x)=f(x+μu)−f(x)μ u(μ>0),B−1g0(x)=⟨∇f(x),u⟩ u.B^{-1}g_\mu(x) = \frac{f(x + \mu u) - f(x)}{\mu}\,u \quad (\mu > 0), \qquad B^{-1}g_0(x) = \langle\nabla f(x), u\rangle\,u .B−1gμ​(x)=μf(x+μu)−f(x)​u(μ>0),B−1g0​(x)=⟨∇f(x),u⟩u.

The paper (p. 548) sets θn=1/(16(n+1)2L1(f))\theta_n = 1/(16(n+1)^2L_1(f))θn​=1/(16(n+1)2L1​(f)) and hn=1/(4(n+4)L1(f))h_n = 1/(4(n+4)L_1(f))hn​=1/(4(n+4)L1​(f)). This mission uses θn=1/(16(n+4)2L1)\theta_n = 1/(16(n+4)^2L_1)θn​=1/(16(n+4)2L1​); the reason is given under Formalization scope. Method FGμ\mathcal{FG}_\muFGμ​ (Eq. (60)) chooses x0∈Ex_0 \in Ex0​∈E, v0=x0v_0 = x_0v0​=x0​ and γ0>0\gamma_0 > 0γ0​>0 with γ0≥τ\gamma_0 \ge \tauγ0​≥τ, and at every iteration k≥0k \ge 0k≥0:

  1. computes αk>0\alpha_k > 0αk​>0 with θn−1αk2=(1−αk)γk+αkτ≡γk+1\theta_n^{-1}\alpha_k^2 = (1 - \alpha_k)\gamma_k + \alpha_k\tau \equiv \gamma_{k+1}θn−1​αk2​=(1−αk​)γk​+αk​τ≡γk+1​;
  2. sets λk=αkτ/γk+1\lambda_k = \alpha_k\tau/\gamma_{k+1}λk​=αk​τ/γk+1​, βk=αkγk/(γk+αkτ)\beta_k = \alpha_k\gamma_k/(\gamma_k + \alpha_k\tau)βk​=αk​γk​/(γk​+αk​τ) and yk=(1−βk)xk+βkvky_k = (1-\beta_k)x_k + \beta_k v_kyk​=(1−βk​)xk​+βk​vk​;
  3. draws a fresh Gaussian direction uku_kuk​, independent of the past, and computes gμ(yk)g_\mu(y_k)gμ​(yk​);
  4. sets xk+1=yk−hnB−1gμ(yk)x_{k+1} = y_k - h_n B^{-1}g_\mu(y_k)xk+1​=yk​−hn​B−1gμ​(yk​) and vk+1=(1−λk)vk+λkyk−(θn/αk)B−1gμ(yk)v_{k+1} = (1-\lambda_k)v_k + \lambda_k y_k - (\theta_n/\alpha_k)B^{-1}g_\mu(y_k)vk+1​=(1−λk​)vk​+λk​yk​−(θn​/αk​)B−1gμ​(yk​).

Write ϕk=Ef(xk)\phi_k = \mathbb E f(x_k)ϕk​=Ef(xk​) (expectation over u0,…,uk−1u_0, \dots, u_{k-1}u0​,…,uk−1​), ψk=∏i=0k−1(1−αi)\psi_k = \prod_{i=0}^{k-1}(1-\alpha_i)ψk​=∏i=0k−1​(1−αi​) and Ck=1+∑i=1k−1∏j=k−ik−1(1−αj)C_k = 1 + \sum_{i=1}^{k-1}\prod_{j=k-i}^{k-1}(1-\alpha_j)Ck​=1+∑i=1k−1​∏j=k−ik−1​(1−αj​) for k≥1k \ge 1k≥1, with ψ0=1\psi_0 = 1ψ0​=1 and C0=0C_0 = 0C0​=0 (p. 550).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 9 (p. 549)

For all k≥0k \ge 0k≥0,

ϕk−f∗≤ψk[f(x0)−f(x∗)+γ02∥x0−x∗∥2]+μ2L1(n+3(n+8)16Ck),(62)\phi_k - f^* \le \psi_k\Big[f(x_0) - f(x^*) + \frac{\gamma_0}{2}\|x_0 - x^*\|^2\Big] + \mu^2 L_1\Big(n + \frac{3(n+8)}{16}C_k\Big), \tag{62}ϕk​−f∗≤ψk​[f(x0​)−f(x∗)+2γ0​​∥x0​−x∗∥2]+μ2L1​(n+163(n+8)​Ck​),(62)

where

ψk≤min⁡{(1−κ1/24(n+4))k, (1+k8(n+4)γ0L1)−2},Ck≤min⁡{k, 4(n+4)κ1/2}.\psi_k \le \min\Big\{\Big(1 - \frac{\kappa^{1/2}}{4(n+4)}\Big)^k,\ \Big(1 + \frac{k}{8(n+4)}\sqrt{\frac{\gamma_0}{L_1}}\Big)^{-2}\Big\}, \qquad C_k \le \min\Big\{k,\ \frac{4(n+4)}{\kappa^{1/2}}\Big\}.ψk​≤min{(1−4(n+4)κ1/2​)k, (1+8(n+4)k​L1​γ0​​​)−2},Ck​≤min{k, κ1/24(n+4)​}.

The two regimes are a rate O(n2/k2)O(n^2/k^2)O(n2/k2) for convex fff and a linear rate with ratio 1−κ1/2/(4(n+4))1 - \kappa^{1/2}/(4(n+4))1−κ1/2/(4(n+4)) for strongly convex fff, both up to a bias proportional to μ2\mu^2μ2.

Milestones

In attack order: Lemma 1 (Gaussian moments, (16)–(17)); Theorem 3.1 (the bound (32) on the second moment of g0g_0g0​); Theorem 1's (19), ∣fμ−f∣≤μ22L1n|f_\mu - f| \le \frac{\mu^2}{2}L_1 n∣fμ​−f∣≤2μ2​L1​n; Eq. (12), L1(fμ)≤L1(f)L_1(f_\mu) \le L_1(f)L1​(fμ​)≤L1​(f); Lemma 5, the bound (37) on Eu∥gμ(x)∥∗2\mathbb E_u\|g_\mu(x)\|_*^2Eu​∥gμ​(x)∥∗2​ in terms of ∇fμ(x)\nabla f_\mu(x)∇fμ​(x); Eq. (21), ∇fμ=Eugμ\nabla f_\mu = \mathbb E_u g_\mu∇fμ​=Eu​gμ​; and Eq. (11), fμ≥ff_\mu \ge ffμ​≥f for convex fff.

Significance

Theorem 9 shows that the nnn-fold slowdown of gradient-free methods relative to their gradient counterparts survives acceleration: FGμ\mathcal{FG}_\muFGμ​ reaches accuracy ϵ\epsilonϵ in O(nL11/2R/ϵ1/2)O(n L_1^{1/2}R/\epsilon^{1/2})O(nL11/2​R/ϵ1/2) iterations for convex fff, against O(nL1R2/ϵ)O(nL_1R^2/\epsilon)O(nL1​R2/ϵ) for the non-accelerated random gradient method. The analysis also quantifies how small the finite-difference step μ\muμ must be for this to hold. The result is used as the baseline accelerated zeroth-order rate in later work.

The theorem is proved in the paper. As far as is known it has not been machine-checked, and Mathlib has no Gaussian smoothing, no random gradient-free oracle and no analysis of an accelerated method driven by random directions. A formal proof also settles the constant question raised by the printed θn\theta_nθn​ (see below).

Difficulty

The deterministic fast gradient method is analysed by an estimate-sequence argument in which the gradient step is exact. Here the step uses gμ(yk)g_\mu(y_k)gμ​(yk​), which is an unbiased estimate of ∇fμ(yk)\nabla f_\mu(y_k)∇fμ​(yk​) and not of ∇f(yk)\nabla f(y_k)∇f(yk​), and whose second moment is of order n∥∇fμ∥2n\|\nabla f_\mu\|^2n∥∇fμ​∥2 plus a bias term. The step size and the coupling parameter θn\theta_nθn​ must absorb this second moment, and the argument must be run for fμf_\mufμ​ rather than fff. The estimate sequence then has to be passed through expectations over the history u0,…,uk−1u_0, \dots, u_{k-1}u0​,…,uk−1​, which requires the independence of uku_kuk​ from xk,vk,ykx_k, v_k, y_kxk​,vk​,yk​ and integrability of every quantity involved. Transporting the result from fμf_\mufμ​ back to fff uses (11) and (19), and requires that fμf_\mufμ​ inherits strong convexity with the same parameter τ\tauτ, a fact the paper uses without stating it.

Formalization scope

EEE is an arbitrary finite-dimensional real inner product space (InnerProductSpace ℝ E, FiniteDimensional ℝ E, Borel measurable), nnn is Module.finrank ℝ E, and the Gaussian is Mathlib's stdGaussian E. The operator BBB is absorbed into the inner product, so ∇f\nabla f∇f is gradient f and B−1gμB^{-1}g_\muB−1gμ​ is f(x+μu)−f(x)μu\frac{f(x+\mu u)-f(x)}{\mu}uμf(x+μu)−f(x)​u. This is not a restriction to B=IB = IB=I on Rn\mathbb R^nRn. All expectations are Bochner integrals; under the hypotheses every integrand is integrable, so no integrability hypothesis is added.

The run is a structure over a probability space (Ω,P)(\Omega, \mathbb P)(Ω,P): directions uku_kuk​ that are measurable, mutually independent (iIndepFun) and standard Gaussian; deterministic sequences γ,α\gamma, \alphaγ,α satisfying step a) as equations; and random points xk,vkx_k, v_kxk​,vk​ satisfying steps b)–d) for every outcome. The smoothing parameter satisfies μ≥0\mu \ge 0μ≥0, and at μ=0\mu = 0μ=0 the oracle is g0g_0g0​. The goal pins θ=1/(16(n+4)2L1)\theta = 1/(16(n+4)^2L_1)θ=1/(16(n+4)2L1​) and h=1/(4(n+4)L1)h = 1/(4(n+4)L_1)h=1/(4(n+4)L1​). ψk\psi_kψk​ and CkC_kCk​ are definitions computed from α\alphaα.

The constant θn\theta_nθn​. The paper prints θn=116(n+1)2L1(f)\theta_n = \frac{1}{16(n+1)^2L_1(f)}θn​=16(n+1)2L1​(f)1​. The proof (pp. 549–550) needs hn4(n+4)−hn2L12=132(n+4)2L1=θn2\frac{h_n}{4(n+4)} - \frac{h_n^2L_1}{2} = \frac{1}{32(n+4)^2L_1} = \frac{\theta_n}{2}4(n+4)hn​​−2hn2​L1​​=32(n+4)2L1​1​=2θn​​, αk≥[τθn]1/2=κ1/24(n+4)\alpha_k \ge [\tau\theta_n]^{1/2} = \frac{\kappa^{1/2}}{4(n+4)}αk​≥[τθn​]1/2=4(n+4)κ1/2​ and θn1/2=14(n+4)L11/2\theta_n^{1/2} = \frac{1}{4(n+4)L_1^{1/2}}θn1/2​=4(n+4)L11/2​1​, which hold only with (n+4)(n+4)(n+4). With the printed value θn\theta_nθn​ is larger than the first inequality allows, and the argument does not go through. The mission therefore states Theorem 9 with θn=116(n+4)2L1\theta_n = \frac{1}{16(n+4)^2L_1}θn​=16(n+4)2L1​1​; all other constants are as printed.

Two trivializing formalizations are ruled out. First, the bound Ck≤4(n+4)/κ1/2C_k \le 4(n+4)/\kappa^{1/2}Ck​≤4(n+4)/κ1/2 carries the hypothesis τ>0\tau > 0τ>0: at τ=0\tau = 0τ=0 the paper's value is +∞+\infty+∞, while Lean's division by zero would turn it into Ck≤0C_k \le 0Ck​≤0, which is false. ψk\psi_kψk​ and CkC_kCk​ are definitions from the run, not free variables that only satisfy the bounds. Second, the oracle is the random finite difference along i.i.d. standard Gaussian directions, not the exact gradient (which would give Nesterov's deterministic method) and not an arbitrary direction sequence.

A complete development needs Gaussian integration by parts in an inner product space, moment bounds for ∥u∥\|u\|∥u∥, differentiation under the integral sign for fμf_\mufμ​, and conditional expectation along an i.i.d. sequence. The smoothing layer (Lemma 1, (11), (12), (19), (21), (32), (37)) is reusable for any zeroth-order method, and contributions of these components as separate lemmas are welcome.

Selected references

  • Yu. Nesterov, V. Spokoiny, Random Gradient-Free Minimization of Convex Functions, Foundations of Computational Mathematics 17(2):527–566, 2017. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10208-015-9296-2
  • Yu. Nesterov, Introductory Lectures on Convex Optimization: A Basic Course, Kluwer, 2004 (Lemma 2.2.4 and Section 2.2.1, the estimate-sequence analysis the proof of Theorem 9 follows). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4419-8853-9
14 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Convex OptimizationOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Random Gradient-Free Minimization of Convex Functions II: Random Gradient Descent for Smooth and Strongly Convex ProblemsResearch Paper

Motivation

Many optimization problems in engineering, simulation-based design and machine learning give access to the objective only through its values: the function is computed by a black-box code, and derivatives are unavailable or too expensive to program. Zeroth-order (derivative-free) methods address this setting. Classical derivative-free methods (pattern search, Nelder–Mead, model-based trust regions) come with weak or no global complexity guarantees for convex problems.

Nesterov and Spokoiny (Found. Comput. Math. 17 (2017) 527–566) showed that replacing the gradient by a finite difference along a random Gaussian direction yields methods whose expected complexity is that of the corresponding gradient method multiplied by a factor proportional to the dimension. Their paper is a standard reference for zeroth-order convex optimization and for Gaussian smoothing, and its oracle and analysis are reused in bandit convex optimization, zeroth-order stochastic optimization (e.g. Ghadimi–Lan 2013) and derivative-free reinforcement learning.

This mission concerns Section 5 of the paper: the random gradient method RGμ\mathcal{RG}_\muRGμ​ for smooth convex functions and its linear rate for strongly convex ones.

Setting

Let EEE be a real inner product space of finite dimension nnn, with norm ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥. (The paper works with a space carrying an operator B=B∗≻0B = B^* \succ 0B=B∗≻0 and norm ∥x∥=⟨Bx,x⟩1/2\|x\| = \langle Bx, x\rangle^{1/2}∥x∥=⟨Bx,x⟩1/2; choosing ⟨B⋅,⋅⟩\langle B\cdot,\cdot\rangle⟨B⋅,⋅⟩ as the inner product gives exactly this setting, and the dual norm ∥⋅∥∗\|\cdot\|_*∥⋅∥∗​ becomes the norm of the Riesz representative.)

A function f:E→Rf : E \to \mathbb Rf:E→R belongs to C1,1(E)C^{1,1}(E)C1,1(E) with constant L1L_1L1​ if it is differentiable and ∥∇f(x)−∇f(y)∥≤L1∥x−y∥\|\nabla f(x) - \nabla f(y)\| \le L_1\|x - y\|∥∇f(x)−∇f(y)∥≤L1​∥x−y∥ for all x,yx, yx,y. It is strongly convex with parameter τ>0\tau > 0τ>0 if f(y)≥f(x)+⟨∇f(x),y−x⟩+τ2∥y−x∥2f(y) \ge f(x) + \langle \nabla f(x), y - x\rangle + \frac{\tau}{2}\|y-x\|^2f(y)≥f(x)+⟨∇f(x),y−x⟩+2τ​∥y−x∥2 for all x,yx, yx,y.

Let uuu be a standard Gaussian vector of EEE (coordinates in any orthonormal basis are independent N(0,1)N(0,1)N(0,1)). The Gaussian approximation of fff with parameter μ≥0\mu \ge 0μ≥0 is fμ(x)=Euf(x+μu)f_\mu(x) = \mathbb E_u f(x + \mu u)fμ​(x)=Eu​f(x+μu), and the moments are Mp=Eu∥u∥pM_p = \mathbb E_u\|u\|^pMp​=Eu​∥u∥p. The random gradient-free oracle returns, for a sampled direction uuu,

B−1gμ(x)=f(x+μu)−f(x)μ u(μ>0),B−1g0(x)=f′(x,u) u,B^{-1}g_\mu(x) = \frac{f(x+\mu u) - f(x)}{\mu}\, u \quad (\mu > 0), \qquad B^{-1}g_0(x) = f'(x,u)\, u,B−1gμ​(x)=μf(x+μu)−f(x)​u(μ>0),B−1g0​(x)=f′(x,u)u,

and the symmetric oracle is B−1g^μ(x)=f(x+μu)−f(x−μu)2μuB^{-1}\hat g_\mu(x) = \frac{f(x+\mu u) - f(x - \mu u)}{2\mu}uB−1g^​μ​(x)=2μf(x+μu)−f(x−μu)​u.

Consider f∗=min⁡x∈Ef(x)f^* = \min_{x\in E} f(x)f∗=minx∈E​f(x) for a convex f∈C1,1(E)f \in C^{1,1}(E)f∈C1,1(E), assumed solvable with a minimizer x∗x^*x∗, and n≥2n \ge 2n≥2. The random gradient method RGμ\mathcal{RG}_\muRGμ​ (Eq. (54), p. 546) is:

Method RGμ\mathcal{RG}_\muRGμ​: Choose x0∈Ex_0 \in Ex0​∈E. Iteration k≥0k \ge 0k≥0. a). Generate uku_kuk​ and corresponding gμ(xk)g_\mu(x_k)gμ​(xk​). b). Compute xk+1=xk−hB−1gμ(xk)x_{k+1} = x_k - hB^{-1}g_\mu(x_k)xk+1​=xk​−hB−1gμ​(xk​).

The directions u0,u1,…u_0, u_1, \dotsu0​,u1​,… are independent standard Gaussian vectors, and ϕk=Ef(xk)\phi_k = \mathbb E f(x_k)ϕk​=Ef(xk​) (with ϕ0=f(x0)\phi_0 = f(x_0)ϕ0​=f(x0​)).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 8 (p. 546)

With step size h=14(n+4)L1h = \frac{1}{4(n+4)L_1}h=4(n+4)L1​1​ and any μ≥0\mu \ge 0μ≥0, for every N≥0N \ge 0N≥0,

1N+1∑k=0N(ϕk−f∗)≤4(n+4)L1∥x0−x∗∥2N+1+9μ2(n+4)2L125,\frac{1}{N+1}\sum_{k=0}^{N}(\phi_k - f^*) \le \frac{4(n+4)L_1\|x_0-x^*\|^2}{N+1} + \frac{9\mu^2(n+4)^2L_1}{25},N+11​k=0∑N​(ϕk​−f∗)≤N+14(n+4)L1​∥x0​−x∗∥2​+259μ2(n+4)2L1​​,

and, if fff is strongly convex with parameter τ>0\tau > 0τ>0, then with δμ=18μ2(n+4)225τL1\delta_\mu = \frac{18\mu^2(n+4)^2}{25\tau}L_1δμ​=25τ18μ2(n+4)2​L1​,

ϕN−f∗≤12L1[δμ+(1−τ8(n+4)L1)N(∥x0−x∗∥2−δμ)].\phi_N - f^* \le \frac12 L_1\left[\delta_\mu + \left(1 - \frac{\tau}{8(n+4)L_1}\right)^{N}\big(\|x_0-x^*\|^2 - \delta_\mu\big)\right].ϕN​−f∗≤21​L1​[δμ​+(1−8(n+4)L1​τ​)N(∥x0​−x∗∥2−δμ​)].

Both bounds are one theorem with one proof in the paper, so the goal states their conjunction, with every constant as printed.

Milestones

The milestones are the results the paper's proof of Theorem 8 rests on, in attack order:

  1. Lemma 1 (p. 534): Mp≤np/2M_p \le n^{p/2}Mp​≤np/2 for p∈[0,2]p \in [0,2]p∈[0,2] and np/2≤Mp≤(p+n)p/2n^{p/2} \le M_p \le (p+n)^{p/2}np/2≤Mp​≤(p+n)p/2 for p≥2p \ge 2p≥2.
  2. Theorem 3.1, (32) (p. 537): Eu∥g0(x)∥∗2≤(n+4)∥∇f(x)∥∗2\mathbb E_u\|g_0(x)\|_*^2 \le (n+4)\|\nabla f(x)\|_*^2Eu​∥g0​(x)∥∗2​≤(n+4)∥∇f(x)∥∗2​ at a point of differentiability.
  3. Theorem 4.2, (35) (p. 538): Eu∥gμ(x)∥∗2≤μ22L12(n+6)3+2(n+4)∥∇f(x)∥∗2\mathbb E_u\|g_\mu(x)\|_*^2 \le \frac{\mu^2}{2}L_1^2(n+6)^3 + 2(n+4)\|\nabla f(x)\|_*^2Eu​∥gμ​(x)∥∗2​≤2μ2​L12​(n+6)3+2(n+4)∥∇f(x)∥∗2​, and the same with μ28\frac{\mu^2}{8}8μ2​ for g^μ\hat g_\mug^​μ​.
  4. Eq. (21) (pp. 534–535): for μ>0\mu > 0μ>0, fμf_\mufμ​ is differentiable with ∇fμ(x)=EuB−1gμ(x)\nabla f_\mu(x) = \mathbb E_u B^{-1}g_\mu(x)∇fμ​(x)=Eu​B−1gμ​(x).
  5. Eq. (25) (p. 535): Eu⟨∇f(x),u⟩u=∇f(x)\mathbb E_u \langle\nabla f(x), u\rangle u = \nabla f(x)Eu​⟨∇f(x),u⟩u=∇f(x), the μ=0\mu = 0μ=0 counterpart.
  6. Convexity of fμf_\mufμ​ (p. 533) and Eq. (11): f≤fμf \le f_\muf≤fμ​ for convex fff.
  7. Theorem 1, (19) (p. 534): ∣fμ(x)−f(x)∣≤μ22L1n|f_\mu(x) - f(x)| \le \frac{\mu^2}{2}L_1 n∣fμ​(x)−f(x)∣≤2μ2​L1​n.

Significance

The result. Theorem 8 shows that a method using two function values per iteration reaches accuracy ϵ\epsilonϵ on a smooth convex problem in O(nϵL1∥x0−x∗∥2)O(\frac{n}{\epsilon}L_1\|x_0 - x^*\|^2)O(ϵn​L1​∥x0​−x∗∥2) iterations, and in O(nL1τln⁡L1∥x0−x∗∥2ϵ)O(\frac{nL_1}{\tau}\ln\frac{L_1\|x_0-x^*\|^2}{\epsilon})O(τnL1​​lnϵL1​∥x0​−x∗∥2​) iterations under strong convexity, provided μ\muμ is small enough. This is nnn times the complexity of the deterministic gradient method, which is the natural price for replacing an nnn-dimensional gradient by one directional estimate. The strongly convex bound makes explicit the bias floor 12L1δμ\frac12 L_1\delta_\mu21​L1​δμ​ caused by the finite-difference step, and shows that it vanishes for the limiting method RG0\mathcal{RG}_0RG0​.

Formalizing it. The result is proved in the paper; nothing here is open. To our knowledge none of it has a machine-checked proof. A formalization produces a reusable Gaussian-smoothing layer on Mathlib's stdGaussian (moments of the Gaussian norm, differentiation of fμf_\mufμ​ under the integral, variance bounds of random oracles) and a complete expected-complexity proof of a randomized first-order method, in which the probabilistic structure (independent directions, iterates depending only on past directions, tower property) has to be handled explicitly.

Difficulty

The deterministic part of the argument is the textbook analysis of gradient descent. The difficulty is in the Gaussian facts it uses. The obvious bound on the oracle's second moment, E⟨∇f(x),u⟩2∥u∥2≤∥∇f(x)∥2M4≤(n+4)2∥∇f(x)∥2\mathbb E\langle\nabla f(x),u\rangle^2\|u\|^2 \le \|\nabla f(x)\|^2 M_4 \le (n+4)^2\|\nabla f(x)\|^2E⟨∇f(x),u⟩2∥u∥2≤∥∇f(x)∥2M4​≤(n+4)2∥∇f(x)∥2, loses a factor of nnn and would give a quadratic dependence on dimension; the (n+4)(n+4)(n+4) of (32) needs a sharper computation. The moment bounds of Lemma 1 for non-integer ppp and the differentiation under the integral in (21) are measure-theoretic steps that Mathlib does not package. Finally, the step from per-iteration inequalities to bounds on ϕk\phi_kϕk​ requires conditioning on the past directions, which must be set up on a probability space carrying the whole sequence u0,u1,…u_0, u_1, \dotsu0​,u1​,….

Formalization scope

EEE is an arbitrary finite-dimensional real inner product space with MeasurableSpace and BorelSpace, nnn is Module.finrank ℝ E, and ∇f\nabla f∇f is Mathlib's gradient. Expectations over uuu are Bochner integrals against ProbabilityTheory.stdGaussian E. A run of RGμ\mathcal{RG}_\muRGμ​ lives on a probability space (Ω,P)(\Omega, P)(Ω,P): measurable directions uku_kuk​, jointly independent (iIndepFun) with law stdGaussian E, iterates with x0x_0x0​ deterministic and the update holding for every kkk and outcome. ϕk\phi_kϕk​ is ∫ ω, f (x k ω) ∂P. The oracle is defined by cases, with f′(x,u)uf'(x,u)uf′(x,u)u at μ=0\mu = 0μ=0 (f′(x,u)f'(x,u)f′(x,u) the one-sided directional derivative of Eq. (23), a Filter.limUnder, which equals fderiv ℝ f x u for differentiable fff), so the goal covers every μ≥0\mu \ge 0μ≥0 as the paper claims. L1L_1L1​ and τ\tauτ are any constants satisfying the defining inequalities. The standing assumptions of Section 5 (convexity, a global minimizer x∗x^*x∗, n≥2n \ge 2n≥2) and L1>0L_1 > 0L1​>0 are explicit hypotheses; n≥2n \ge 2n≥2 is needed for the constant 9/259/259/25.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: the oracle is the random finite difference along i.i.d. standard Gaussian directions, not the true gradient (which would be deterministic gradient descent), and every expectation in the statements is of a quantity that is integrable under the stated hypotheses, so no bound holds through a junk value of a non-integrable integral.

A complete development needs Gaussian moment computations in finite dimension, differentiation under the integral sign for fμf_\mufμ​, the variance bounds of the oracles, and a conditional-expectation argument for the iteration. The smoothing layer is reusable for the companion missions on random search for nonsmooth problems and on the accelerated random method, and for other zeroth-order methods. Contributions of any of the milestones, of general Gaussian-integrability lemmas, or of alternative proofs are welcome.

Selected references

  • Yu. Nesterov, V. Spokoiny, Random Gradient-Free Minimization of Convex Functions, Foundations of Computational Mathematics 17(2):527–566, 2017. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10208-015-9296-2
  • S. Ghadimi, G. Lan, Stochastic First- and Zeroth-Order Methods for Nonconvex Stochastic Programming, SIAM Journal on Optimization 23(4):2341–2368, 2013. https://doi.org/10.1137/120880811
  • Yu. Nesterov, Introductory Lectures on Convex Optimization: A Basic Course, Kluwer, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4419-8853-9
14 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Convex OptimizationOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Random Gradient-Free Minimization of Convex Functions I: Random Search for Nonsmooth Convex ProblemsResearch Paper

Motivation

Many optimization problems in engineering, simulation-based design and machine learning give access to the values of an objective function but not to its gradient: the function is computed by a black-box program, by a simulator, or by a model whose derivatives are unavailable or too expensive. Zeroth-order (or derivative-free) methods use only function values. Classical direct-search methods of this kind usually come without complexity bounds.

Nesterov and Spokoiny (Found. Comput. Math. 17 (2017) 527–566) showed that a very simple randomized scheme has explicit, dimension-dependent worst-case complexity bounds. The idea is to replace the gradient by a finite difference of fff along a random Gaussian direction. The resulting oracle is an unbiased estimate of the gradient of a smoothed version of fff. Their analysis is the reference point for the later literature on zeroth-order stochastic optimization, bandit convex optimization and gradient-free training.

This mission covers the paper's result for nonsmooth convex problems over a closed convex set: the projected random search method RSμ\mathcal{RS}_\muRSμ​ and its convergence bound, Theorem 6.

Setting

Let EEE be a real inner product space of finite dimension nnn, with norm ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥. (The paper works with a space carrying a positive definite operator BBB and the norm ⟨Bx,x⟩1/2\langle Bx, x\rangle^{1/2}⟨Bx,x⟩1/2. This is the same thing as an arbitrary finite-dimensional inner product space, with BBB encoding the inner product, and the development is written in that generality.)

A function f:E→Rf : E \to \mathbb Rf:E→R is Lipschitz continuous with constant L0≥0L_0 \ge 0L0​≥0 if ∣f(x)−f(y)∣≤L0∥x−y∥|f(x) - f(y)| \le L_0 \|x - y\|∣f(x)−f(y)∣≤L0​∥x−y∥ for all x,yx, yx,y. The paper calls this class C0,0(E)C^{0,0}(E)C0,0(E) and writes L0(f)L_0(f)L0​(f) for the constant.

Let uuu be a standard Gaussian vector in EEE: its coordinates in any orthonormal basis are independent N(0,1)N(0,1)N(0,1) variables. For μ≥0\mu \ge 0μ≥0 the Gaussian smoothing of fff is

fμ(x)=Eu f(x+μu),f_\mu(x) = \mathbb E_u\, f(x + \mu u),fμ​(x)=Eu​f(x+μu),

and the Gaussian moments are Mp=Eu∥u∥pM_p = \mathbb E_u \|u\|^pMp​=Eu​∥u∥p.

For μ>0\mu > 0μ>0 the random gradient-free oracle at xxx draws uuu and returns the vector

gμ(x)=f(x+μu)−f(x)μ u.g_\mu(x) = \frac{f(x+\mu u) - f(x)}{\mu}\, u .gμ​(x)=μf(x+μu)−f(x)​u.

It costs two function values.

The problem is

f∗=min⁡x∈Qf(x),f^* = \min_{x \in Q} f(x),f∗=x∈Qmin​f(x),

where Q⊆EQ \subseteq EQ⊆E is closed and convex, fff is convex and Lipschitz, and x∗∈Qx^* \in Qx∗∈Q is a minimizer. With πQ\pi_QπQ​ the Euclidean projection onto QQQ, positive steps h0,h1,…h_0, h_1, \ldotsh0​,h1​,… and a starting point x0∈Qx_0 \in Qx0​∈Q, the random search method RSμ\mathcal{RS}_\muRSμ​ iterates

xk+1=πQ(xk−hk gμ(xk)),x_{k+1} = \pi_Q\big(x_k - h_k\, g_\mu(x_k)\big),xk+1​=πQ​(xk​−hk​gμ​(xk​)),

drawing a fresh independent Gaussian direction uku_kuk​ at every iteration. The iterates are random. Write ϕk=Ef(xk)\phi_k = \mathbb E f(x_k)ϕk​=Ef(xk​) and SN=∑k=0NhkS_N = \sum_{k=0}^N h_kSN​=∑k=0N​hk​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 6

For every N≥0N \ge 0N≥0,

1SN∑k=0Nhk(ϕk−f∗)≤μL0 n1/2+1SN[12∥x0−x∗∥2+(n+4)22L02∑k=0Nhk2].\frac{1}{S_N}\sum_{k=0}^{N} h_k(\phi_k - f^*) \le \mu L_0\, n^{1/2} + \frac{1}{S_N}\left[\frac12\|x_0 - x^*\|^2 + \frac{(n+4)^2}{2} L_0^2 \sum_{k=0}^{N} h_k^2\right].SN​1​k=0∑N​hk​(ϕk​−f∗)≤μL0​n1/2+SN​1​[21​∥x0​−x∗∥2+2(n+4)2​L02​k=0∑N​hk2​].

The step sizes, the smoothing parameter and the horizon are left free, so every step-size rule in the paper follows from this one inequality. The constants are the paper's.

Milestones

The facts about smoothing and the oracle on which the goal rests, in the paper's order:

  1. Lemma 1: Mp≤np/2M_p \le n^{p/2}Mp​≤np/2 for p∈[0,2]p \in [0,2]p∈[0,2] and np/2≤Mp≤(p+n)p/2n^{p/2} \le M_p \le (p+n)^{p/2}np/2≤Mp​≤(p+n)p/2 for p≥2p \ge 2p≥2.
  2. Theorem 1 (18): ∣fμ(x)−f(x)∣≤μL0n1/2|f_\mu(x) - f(x)| \le \mu L_0 n^{1/2}∣fμ​(x)−f(x)∣≤μL0​n1/2.
  3. Convexity of fμf_\mufμ​ for convex fff.
  4. Eq. (11): fμ≥ff_\mu \ge ffμ​≥f for convex fff.
  5. Eq. (21): ∇fμ(x)=Eu gμ(x)\nabla f_\mu(x) = \mathbb E_u\, g_\mu(x)∇fμ​(x)=Eu​gμ​(x) for μ>0\mu > 0μ>0.
  6. Theorem 4.1 (34): Eu∥gμ(x)∥2≤L02(n+4)2\mathbb E_u \|g_\mu(x)\|^2 \le L_0^2 (n+4)^2Eu​∥gμ​(x)∥2≤L02​(n+4)2.
  7. Theorem 2 (μ≥0\mu \ge 0μ≥0): f(y)≥f(x)−μL0n1/2+⟨∇fμ(x),y−x⟩f(y) \ge f(x) - \mu L_0 n^{1/2} + \langle \nabla f_\mu(x), y - x\ranglef(y)≥f(x)−μL0​n1/2+⟨∇fμ​(x),y−x⟩ for all yyy, where at μ=0\mu = 0μ=0 the vector is the limiting ∇f0(x)=Eu[f′(x,u) u]\nabla f_0(x) = \mathbb E_u[f'(x,u)\,u]∇f0​(x)=Eu​[f′(x,u)u] of Eq. (24).

Significance

Theorem 6 shows that a method using only function values, with no subgradient, solves nonsmooth convex problems with the classical projected-subgradient guarantee. Two things change: L02L_0^2L02​ is multiplied by (n+4)2(n+4)^2(n+4)2, and a bias μL0n1/2\mu L_0 n^{1/2}μL0​n1/2 appears, which can be made as small as desired. With suitable μ\muμ, hkh_khk​ and NNN an ϵ\epsilonϵ-accurate expected value is reached in O(n2L02R2/ϵ2)O(n^2 L_0^2 R^2/\epsilon^2)O(n2L02​R2/ϵ2) oracle calls. The factor n2n^2n2 quantifies the cost of not having gradients. The same analysis carries over to stochastic objectives (the paper's Theorem 7).

The results are proved in the paper. As far as is known, none of them has a machine-checked proof. The mission produces a Lean development of Gaussian smoothing on an arbitrary finite-dimensional inner product space: the moment bounds, the approximation, convexity and gradient identities, and the oracle variance bound. On top of it sits the full convergence theorem for a randomized projected method, stated for the actual random process rather than for an idealized expectation recursion. The smoothing layer is reusable: the same facts underlie the smooth and accelerated random methods of the same paper and most Gaussian-smoothing analyses in zeroth-order optimization.

Difficulty

A plain subgradient analysis does not apply. The vector gμ(xk)g_\mu(x_k)gμ​(xk​) is not a subgradient of fff, nor an unbiased estimate of one. It is an unbiased estimate of the gradient of a different function, fμf_\mufμ​, and its second moment grows with the dimension. The argument therefore has to move between fff and fμf_\mufμ​ at exactly the right places, using properties of fμf_\mufμ​ that hold for every nonsmooth Lipschitz fff.

Those properties are genuinely analytic. Differentiating fμf_\mufμ​ requires differentiating a Gaussian integral of a function that need not be differentiable. The moment bounds need estimates of E∥u∥p\mathbb E\|u\|^pE∥u∥p for real ppp. In the probabilistic part, xkx_kxk​ depends on u0,…,uk−1u_0, \ldots, u_{k-1}u0​,…,uk−1​, and each one-step estimate has to be integrated using the independence of uku_kuk​ from the past. Mathlib provides the standard Gaussian measure and independence, but no Gaussian smoothing, no projection onto convex sets and no conditional-expectation argument for this kind of recursion.

Formalization scope

The space is E with [NormedAddCommGroup E] [InnerProductSpace ℝ E] [FiniteDimensional ℝ E] [MeasurableSpace E] [BorelSpace E], and nnn is Module.finrank ℝ E. No lower bound on nnn is assumed. The Gaussian is ProbabilityTheory.stdGaussian E, and expectations are Bochner integrals against it. fμf_\mufμ​ is the definition smoothing, MpM_pMp​ is moment (with real exponent Real.rpow), and gμg_\mugμ​ is oracle.

The projection is the relation IsMetricProjection Q y z (z∈Qz \in Qz∈Q and zzz is a nearest point of QQQ to yyy). The run is the predicate IsRandomSearchRun: directions uk:Ω→Eu_k : \Omega \to Euk​:Ω→E on a probability space (Ω,P)(\Omega, P)(Ω,P), measurable, mutually independent (iIndepFun) and each with law stdGaussian E; a deterministic x0∈Qx_0 \in Qx0​∈Q; and the update above for every kkk and every outcome.

ϕk\phi_kϕk​ is ∫f(xk) dP\int f(x_k)\,dP∫f(xk​)dP. The Lipschitz constant L0≥0L_0 \ge 0L0​≥0 is any constant satisfying the Lipschitz inequality. It is an explicit hypothesis, because the paper's bound uses L0(f)L_0(f)L0​(f), which presupposes f∈C0,0(E)f \in C^{0,0}(E)f∈C0,0(E). The smoothing parameter satisfies μ>0\mu > 0μ>0 and every step satisfies hk>0h_k > 0hk​>0.

Two trivializing formalizations are ruled out. First, an expectation of a non-integrable function would be 000 as a Bochner integral; Lipschitz continuity of fff makes every expectation in the mission integrable, and no statement relies on the junk value. Second, a run whose directions are not independent standard Gaussians, or whose update uses a subgradient instead of the finite difference, is a different theorem (the projected subgradient method). The run predicate fixes the paper's process exactly. A run exists for every closed QQQ containing x0x_0x0​ (on the countable product of Gaussians), so the goal is not vacuous.

A complete development needs:

  • Gaussian integration by parts, or differentiation under the integral, for Lipschitz integrands;
  • moment estimates for the standard Gaussian norm;
  • existence and nonexpansiveness of projections onto closed convex sets;
  • an expectation argument for the random recursion.

The smoothing lemmas, the moment bounds and the projection facts are reusable beyond this mission. Contributions are welcome at every level: proofs of the milestones, general lemmas about stdGaussian and projections, and alternative proofs of Lemma 1 (for example through the chi distribution).

Selected references

  • Yu. Nesterov, V. Spokoiny, Random Gradient-Free Minimization of Convex Functions, Foundations of Computational Mathematics 17(2):527–566, 2017. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10208-015-9296-2
  • Yu. Nesterov, Introductory Lectures on Convex Optimization: A Basic Course, Kluwer, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4419-8853-9
  • A. D. Flaxman, A. T. Kalai, H. B. McMahan, Online convex optimization in the bandit setting: gradient descent without a gradient, SODA 2005. https://arxiv.org/abs/cs/0408007
  • J. C. Duchi, M. I. Jordan, M. J. Wainwright, A. Wibisono, Optimal rates for zero-order convex optimization: the power of two function evaluations, IEEE Trans. Inf. Theory 61(5):2788–2806, 2015. https://arxiv.org/abs/1312.2139
14 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
CombinatoricsOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

The Distributionally Robust Chance-Constrained Vehicle Routing Problem I: With a Subadditive Demand Estimator the Two-Index Vehicle Flow Formulation Is ExactResearch Paper

Motivation

The capacitated vehicle routing problem (CVRP) asks for delivery routes of minimum cost. Each route starts and ends at a depot, every customer is visited exactly once, and the demand served on a route does not exceed the vehicle capacity. The problem is central in logistics and one of the most studied problems in combinatorial optimization. Its standard exact methods are branch-and-cut algorithms built on the two-index vehicle flow formulation, a 0/1 program over arcs whose capacity constraints are the rounded capacity inequalities (RCIs); see Laporte, Nobert and Desrochers (1985) and Semet, Toth and Vigo (2014).

In practice customer demands are uncertain. A chance-constrained CVRP requires each route to respect its capacity with probability at least 1−ϵ1-\epsilon1−ϵ under a known distribution. That distribution is rarely known. Most solution methods also need independent demands. Ghosal and Wiesemann (Oper. Res. 68(3), 2020) study the distributionally robust chance-constrained CVRP. There the chance constraint must hold for every distribution in an ambiguity set P\mathcal PP of plausible distributions. The ambiguity set may contain dependent distributions and uncountably many of them, so it is not clear a priori that the problem can be solved by the usual branch-and-cut machinery. This mission formalizes the paper's answer to that question: its Theorem 1 and the counterexample that precedes it.

Setting

The graph is complete and directed. Its nodes are V={0,…,n}V=\{0,\dots,n\}V={0,…,n} and its arcs are A={(i,j)∈V×V:i≠j}A=\{(i,j)\in V\times V:i\neq j\}A={(i,j)∈V×V:i=j}. Node 000 is the depot and VC={1,…,n}V_C=\{1,\dots,n\}VC​={1,…,n} are the customers. There are mmm vehicles, indexed by K={1,…,m}K=\{1,\dots,m\}K={1,…,m}, each of capacity Q>0Q>0Q>0. Traversing the arc (i,j)(i,j)(i,j) costs c(i,j)≥0c(i,j)\ge 0c(i,j)≥0; costs may be asymmetric.

A route Rk=(Rk,1,…,Rk,nk)\mathbf R_k=(R_{k,1},\dots,R_{k,n_k})Rk​=(Rk,1​,…,Rk,nk​​) is an ordered list of customers, with Rk,0=Rk,nk+1=0R_{k,0}=R_{k,n_k+1}=0Rk,0​=Rk,nk​+1​=0. A route set R=(R1,…,Rm)∈P(VC,m)\mathbf R=(\mathbf R_1,\dots,\mathbf R_m)\in\mathfrak P(V_C,m)R=(R1​,…,Rm​)∈P(VC​,m) partitions VCV_CVC​ into mmm nonempty ordered routes. Its cost is c(R)=∑k∑l=0nkc(Rk,l,Rk,l+1)c(\mathbf R)=\sum_{k}\sum_{l=0}^{n_k}c(R_{k,l},R_{k,l+1})c(R)=∑k​∑l=0nk​​c(Rk,l​,Rk,l+1​).

The demand vector q~∈Rn\tilde{\boldsymbol q}\in\mathbb R^nq~​∈Rn is random. The ambiguity set P\mathcal PP is a set of probability distributions of q~\tilde{\boldsymbol q}q~​ and ϵ∈(0,1)\epsilon\in(0,1)ϵ∈(0,1) is the risk level. The problem RVRP(P\mathcal PP) minimizes c(R)c(\mathbf R)c(R) over route sets such that

P[∑i∈Rkq~i≤Q]≥1−ϵ∀ P∈P, ∀ k∈K.\mathbb P\Big[\textstyle\sum_{i\in\mathbf R_k}\tilde q_i\le Q\Big]\ge 1-\epsilon\qquad\forall\,\mathbb P\in\mathcal P,\ \forall\,k\in K .P[∑i∈Rk​​q~​i​≤Q]≥1−ϵ∀P∈P, ∀k∈K.

With Q-VaR1−ϵ[X~]=inf⁡{x:Q[X~≤x]≥1−ϵ}\mathbb Q\text{-VaR}_{1-\epsilon}[\tilde X]=\inf\{x:\mathbb Q[\tilde X\le x]\ge1-\epsilon\}Q-VaR1−ϵ​[X~]=inf{x:Q[X~≤x]≥1−ϵ}, the demand estimator of the paper's Eq. (2) is

dP(S)=max⁡{⌈1Qsup⁡P∈PP-VaR1−ϵ[∑i∈Sq~i]⌉,1}(S≠∅),dP(∅)=0.d_{\mathcal P}(S)=\max\left\{\left\lceil\frac1Q\sup_{\mathbb P\in\mathcal P}\mathbb P\text{-VaR}_{1-\epsilon}\Big[\sum_{i\in S}\tilde q_i\Big]\right\rceil,1\right\}\quad(S\neq\emptyset),\qquad d_{\mathcal P}(\emptyset)=0 .dP​(S)=max{⌈Q1​P∈Psup​P-VaR1−ϵ​[i∈S∑​q~​i​]⌉,1}(S=∅),dP​(∅)=0.

The problem 2VF(P\mathcal PP) minimizes ∑(i,j)∈Ac(i,j)xij\sum_{(i,j)\in A}c(i,j)x_{ij}∑(i,j)∈A​c(i,j)xij​ over x∈{0,1}Ax\in\{0,1\}^Ax∈{0,1}A with in- and out-degree 111 at every customer and mmm at the depot, and with the RCIs

∑i∈V∖S∑j∈Sxij≥dP(S)∀ S⊆VC, S≠∅.\sum_{i\in V\setminus S}\sum_{j\in S}x_{ij}\ge d_{\mathcal P}(S)\qquad\forall\,S\subseteq V_C,\ S\neq\emptyset .i∈V∖S∑​j∈S∑​xij​≥dP​(S)∀S⊆VC​, S=∅.

A route set induces the arc vector with xij=1x_{ij}=1xij​=1 exactly when (i,j)=(Rk,l,Rk,l+1)(i,j)=(R_{k,l},R_{k,l+1})(i,j)=(Rk,l​,Rk,l+1​) for some k,lk,lk,l (the paper's Eq. (3)). The estimator satisfies the subadditivity condition (S) if dP(S∪T)≤dP(S)+dP(T)d_{\mathcal P}(S\cup T)\le d_{\mathcal P}(S)+d_{\mathcal P}(T)dP​(S∪T)≤dP​(S)+dP​(T) for all S,T⊆VCS,T\subseteq V_CS,T⊆VC​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1

Assume q~≥0\tilde{\boldsymbol q}\ge\mathbf 0q~​≥0 P\mathbb PP-a.s. for all P∈P\mathbb P\in\mathcal PP∈P, and assume dPd_{\mathcal P}dP​ is real valued and satisfies (S). Then:

(i)  R feasible in RVRP(P) ⟹ x(R) feasible in 2VF(P),  c(x(R))=c(R);(ii)  x feasible in 2VF(P) ⟹ x=x(R) for an RVRP(P)-feasible R, unique up to reordering routes, c(x)=c(R).\begin{aligned} &\text{(i)}\ \ \mathbf R \text{ feasible in RVRP}(\mathcal P)\ \Longrightarrow\ x(\mathbf R)\text{ feasible in 2VF}(\mathcal P),\ \ c(x(\mathbf R))=c(\mathbf R);\\ &\text{(ii)}\ \ x\text{ feasible in 2VF}(\mathcal P)\ \Longrightarrow\ x=x(\mathbf R)\text{ for an RVRP}(\mathcal P)\text{-feasible }\mathbf R,\text{ unique up to reordering routes},\ c(x)=c(\mathbf R). \end{aligned}​(i)  R feasible in RVRP(P) ⟹ x(R) feasible in 2VF(P),  c(x(R))=c(R);(ii)  x feasible in 2VF(P) ⟹ x=x(R) for an RVRP(P)-feasible R, unique up to reordering routes, c(x)=c(R).​

Milestones

  1. The chance constraint Q[X~≤τ]≥1−ϵ\mathbb Q[\tilde X\le\tau]\ge1-\epsilonQ[X~≤τ]≥1−ϵ is equivalent to Q-VaR1−ϵ[X~]≤τ\mathbb Q\text{-VaR}_{1-\epsilon}[\tilde X]\le\tauQ-VaR1−ϵ​[X~]≤τ (p. 720).
  2. Eq. (1): a route satisfies its robust chance constraint if and only if the worst-case VaR of its cumulative demand is at most QQQ.
  3. Example 1: an instance with two customers where a route set is RVRP(P\mathcal PP)-feasible, yet its induced flow violates the RCI for S={1,2}S=\{1,2\}S={1,2}, since dP({1,2})≥3d_{\mathcal P}(\{1,2\})\ge3dP​({1,2})≥3.
  4. Example 1 (continued): on that instance dPd_{\mathcal P}dP​ violates (S).
  5. Theorem 1 (i) and 6. Theorem 1 (ii), stated separately.

Significance

Theorem 1 separates the modeling question from the algorithmic one. Whenever the ambiguity set yields a subadditive estimator, the distributionally robust CVRP is solved exactly by a two-index flow branch-and-cut. The only change from the deterministic case is the right-hand side dP(S)d_{\mathcal P}(S)dP​(S) of the RCIs, however many distributions P\mathcal PP contains. The companion missions of this series show that (S) holds for every moment ambiguity set (Theorem 2 of the paper) and compute dPd_{\mathcal P}dP​ for several classes of such sets. Example 1 shows that the hypothesis cannot be dropped: ambiguity sets that pin down each customer's marginal distribution break the equivalence.

The paper's proofs are in its online supplement; no machine-checked version of these statements exists. Formalizing them produces a checked reduction between a stochastic routing model and an integer program. It also produces reusable definitions of route sets, induced arc flows and RCIs over directed graphs with a depot.

Difficulty

Direction (ii) is a graph decomposition. A 0/1 vector with the prescribed degrees splits into mmm depot cycles plus possibly depot-free subtours. The RCIs, through the max⁡{⋅,1}\max\{\cdot,1\}max{⋅,1} in dPd_{\mathcal P}dP​, must exclude the subtours, and the RCI on the customers of a single route must enforce that route's chance constraint. Uniqueness up to reordering requires that directed routes are recovered from arcs.

Direction (i) is where (S) enters. The naive argument bounds the number of vehicles entering SSS by dP(S)d_{\mathcal P}(S)dP​(S) directly from the chance constraints. It fails because the chance constraints control each route separately, while dP(S)d_{\mathcal P}(S)dP​(S) looks at the joint worst case of the demands in SSS; Example 1 is exactly this failure. A set SSS is typically visited by several routes, each covering only part of it. Relating the per-route guarantees to the joint quantity dP(S)d_{\mathcal P}(S)dP​(S) needs both hypotheses of the theorem: nonnegative demands and (S).

Formalization scope

Customers are Fin n (0-based; the paper's customer iii is i - 1). Nodes are Fin (n+1) with the depot 0 and customer i at i.succ, and vehicles are Fin m. A route set is R : Fin m → List (Fin n): every route is nonempty and the concatenated routes are a permutation of all customers. Arc vectors are ℕ-valued functions on ordered node pairs, with values in {0,1}\{0,1\}{0,1} and the non-arcs (i,i)(i,i)(i,i) fixed to 000.

Distributions are measures on Fin n → ℝ, and the ambiguity set is a set of probability measures. Chance constraints are written ENNReal.ofReal (1 - ε) ≤ P {q | …}. Value-at-risk is the published MultistageStochastic.valueAtRisk at level 1 - ε. The worst-case VaR is a real sSup and dPd_{\mathcal P}dP​ is integer valued.

Two conventions implicit on the page are explicit hypotheses:

  • Q>0Q>0Q>0, because (2) divides by QQQ;
  • boundedness of the VaR values for every customer set, which encodes the paper's declaration dP:2VC→R+d_{\mathcal P}:2^{V_C}\to\mathbb R_+dP​:2VC​→R+​.

A real sSup of an unbounded set is 000 in Lean. Without the boundedness hypothesis every such estimator would silently equal 111 and (ii) would fail. For an empty ambiguity set the Lean estimator equals 111 on nonempty sets, as the paper's does.

The RCIs range over all nonempty customer sets with the depot on the outside. The estimator keeps the ceiling and the max⁡{⋅,1}\max\{\cdot,1\}max{⋅,1}. 2VF feasibility mentions neither routes nor chance constraints. RVRP feasibility does not mention dPd_{\mathcal P}dP​. A formalization in which either side refers to the other, or in which dPd_{\mathcal P}dP​ drops the max⁡{⋅,1}\max\{\cdot,1\}max{⋅,1}, is not this theorem.

Useful contributions include lemmas on the decomposition of degree-constrained 0/1 arc vectors into depot cycles, monotonicity of VaR under almost-sure ordering, and the CDF right-continuity behind milestone 1.

Related platform work: SupplyChainTheory_vrp formalizes a different, symmetric, unit-demand VRP and is not reused.

Selected references

  • S. Ghosal, W. Wiesemann, The Distributionally Robust Chance-Constrained Vehicle Routing Problem, Operations Research 68(3):716–732, 2020. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.2019.1924
  • G. Laporte, Y. Nobert, M. Desrochers, Optimal routing under capacity and distance restrictions, Operations Research 33(5):1050–1073, 1985. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.33.5.1050
  • F. Semet, P. Toth, D. Vigo, Classical exact algorithms for the capacitated vehicle routing problem, in P. Toth, D. Vigo (eds.), Vehicle Routing: Problems, Methods, and Applications, 2nd ed., SIAM, 2014, 37–57. https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9781611973594.ch2
  • J. Lysgaard, A. N. Letchford, R. W. Eglese, A new branch-and-cut algorithm for the capacitated vehicle routing problem, Mathematical Programming 100(2):423–445, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-003-0481-8
12 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Bandit AlgorithmsMachine LearningOperations Research+1·Captain: mikedeng1

Optimal Best Arm Identification with Fixed Confidence III: δ-PAC Guarantee of Chernoff's Stopping Rule for Bernoulli BanditsResearch Paper

Motivation

In best arm identification with fixed confidence, a learner samples KKK unknown distributions ("arms") one at a time, and must eventually stop and name the arm with the largest mean, with an error probability at most a prescribed risk δ\deltaδ, while using as few samples as possible. The problem goes back to the sequential design of experiments (Chernoff, 1959; Even-Dar, Mannor and Mansour, 2006) and underlies adaptive A/B testing, clinical trial design and hyperparameter selection.

Any fixed-confidence strategy consists of three parts: a sampling rule, a stopping rule and a decision rule. Garivier and Kaufmann (arXiv:1602.04589, COLT 2016) proposed the Track-and-Stop strategy, the first shown to match the asymptotic lower bound on the expected sample complexity. Its stopping rule is a generalized likelihood ratio (GLR) test, Chernoff's stopping rule. Its correctness, the guarantee that the recommended arm is wrong with probability at most δ\deltaδ, must hold whatever the sampling rule, which is what allows the sampling rule to be tuned freely for efficiency. This mission formalizes that guarantee for Bernoulli arms, Theorem 10 of the paper, with its explicit threshold β(t,δ)=log⁡(2t(K−1)/δ)\beta(t,\delta) = \log(2t(K-1)/\delta)β(t,δ)=log(2t(K−1)/δ).

Setting

The arms are A={1,…,K}\mathcal A = \{1,\dots,K\}A={1,…,K}. A Bernoulli bandit model is a mean vector μ=(μ1,…,μK)∈[0,1]K\boldsymbol\mu = (\mu_1,\dots,\mu_K) \in [0,1]^Kμ=(μ1​,…,μK​)∈[0,1]K: pulling arm aaa returns reward 111 with probability μa\mu_aμa​ and 000 otherwise, independently of the past. The class S\mathcal SS contains the models with a unique optimal arm a∗(μ)a^*(\boldsymbol\mu)a∗(μ), i.e. μa∗>μi\mu_{a^*} > \mu_iμa∗​>μi​ for all i≠a∗i \ne a^*i=a∗.

At round ttt the learner chooses an arm AtA_tAt​ as a (possibly randomized) function of the past observations and observes a reward XtX_tXt​. Write Na(t)N_a(t)Na​(t) for the number of pulls of arm aaa among the first ttt rounds, sa(t)s_a(t)sa​(t) for the number of those pulls that returned 111, and μ^a(t)=Na(t)−1∑s≤tXs1{As=a}\hat\mu_a(t) = N_a(t)^{-1}\sum_{s \le t} X_s \mathbb 1\{A_s = a\}μ^​a​(t)=Na​(t)−1∑s≤t​Xs​1{As​=a} for the empirical mean. The likelihood of arm aaa's observations under mean uuu is pu(X‾Na(t)a)=usa(t)(1−u)Na(t)−sa(t)p_u(\underline X^a_{N_a(t)}) = u^{s_a(t)}(1-u)^{N_a(t)-s_a(t)}pu​(X​Na​(t)a​)=usa​(t)(1−u)Na​(t)−sa​(t).

The GLR statistic for "arm aaa is at least as good as arm bbb" is

Za,b(t)=log⁡max⁡μa′≥μb′pμa′(X‾Na(t)a) pμb′(X‾Nb(t)b)max⁡μa′≤μb′pμa′(X‾Na(t)a) pμb′(X‾Nb(t)b).Z_{a,b}(t) = \log \frac{\max_{\mu'_a \ge \mu'_b} p_{\mu'_a}(\underline X^a_{N_a(t)})\, p_{\mu'_b}(\underline X^b_{N_b(t)})}{\max_{\mu'_a \le \mu'_b} p_{\mu'_a}(\underline X^a_{N_a(t)})\, p_{\mu'_b}(\underline X^b_{N_b(t)})}.Za,b​(t)=logmaxμa′​≤μb′​​pμa′​​(X​Na​(t)a​)pμb′​​(X​Nb​(t)b​)maxμa′​≥μb′​​pμa′​​(X​Na​(t)a​)pμb′​​(X​Nb​(t)b​)​.

Chernoff's stopping rule with exploration rate β(t,δ)\beta(t,\delta)β(t,δ) is

τδ=inf⁡{t≥1:∃a∈A, ∀b≠a, Za,b(t)>β(t,δ)},\tau_\delta = \inf\{t \ge 1 : \exists a \in \mathcal A,\ \forall b \ne a,\ Z_{a,b}(t) > \beta(t,\delta)\},τδ​=inf{t≥1:∃a∈A, ∀b=a, Za,b​(t)>β(t,δ)},

and the decision rule recommends a^τδ∈argmax⁡aμ^a(τδ)\hat a_{\tau_\delta} \in \operatorname{argmax}_a \hat\mu_a(\tau_\delta)a^τδ​​∈argmaxa​μ^​a​(τδ​).

The Krichevsky–Trofimov (KT) distribution on binary sequences x∈{0,1}nx \in \{0,1\}^nx∈{0,1}n is kt(x)=∫01(πu(1−u))−1pu(x) du\mathrm{kt}(x) = \int_0^1 \big(\pi\sqrt{u(1-u)}\big)^{-1} p_u(x)\,\mathrm dukt(x)=∫01​(πu(1−u)​)−1pu​(x)du, the Bernoulli likelihood mixed over the Beta(1/2,1/2)(1/2,1/2)(1/2,1/2) prior.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 10

For every δ∈(0,1)\delta \in (0,1)δ∈(0,1), every sampling strategy, and the threshold β(t,δ)=log⁡(2t(K−1)/δ)\beta(t,\delta) = \log\big(2t(K-1)/\delta\big)β(t,δ)=log(2t(K−1)/δ),

∀μ∈S,Pμ(τδ<∞, a^τδ≠a∗)≤δ.\forall \boldsymbol\mu \in \mathcal S,\qquad \mathbb P_{\boldsymbol\mu}\big(\tau_\delta < \infty,\ \hat a_{\tau_\delta} \ne a^*\big) \le \delta .∀μ∈S,Pμ​(τδ​<∞, a^τδ​​=a∗)≤δ.

Milestone: Lemma 11 (Willems, Shtarkov and Tjalkens, 1995)

kt\mathrm{kt}kt is a probability law on {0,1}n\{0,1\}^n{0,1}n, and for n≥1n \ge 1n≥1,

sup⁡x∈{0,1}n sup⁡u∈[0,1]pu(x)kt(x)≤2n.\sup_{x\in\{0,1\}^n}\ \sup_{u\in[0,1]} \frac{p_u(x)}{\mathrm{kt}(x)} \le 2\sqrt n .x∈{0,1}nsup​ u∈[0,1]sup​kt(x)pu​(x)​≤2n​.

Milestone: the pairwise crossing bound of Appendix C.1

With Ta,b=inf⁡{t:Za,b(t)>β(t,δ)}T_{a,b} = \inf\{t : Z_{a,b}(t) > \beta(t,\delta)\}Ta,b​=inf{t:Za,b​(t)>β(t,δ)}, for all arms with μa<μb\mu_a < \mu_bμa​<μb​,

Pμ(Ta,b<∞)≤δK−1.\mathbb P_{\boldsymbol\mu}(T_{a,b} < \infty) \le \frac{\delta}{K-1}.Pμ​(Ta,b​<∞)≤K−1δ​.

Significance

Theorem 10 decouples correctness from efficiency. Because the guarantee holds for every sampling strategy, any sampling rule, including the C-Tracking and D-Tracking rules of Track-and-Stop, the uniform rule, or a heuristic, inherits δ\deltaδ-correctness as soon as it is paired with Chernoff's stopping rule at this threshold. The asymptotic optimality result of the paper (Theorem 14) then only has to control the sample complexity. The threshold is explicit, with no unspecified constant, in contrast to the deviational threshold of Proposition 12.

The result is proved in the paper, in Appendix C.1, and rests on Lemma 11, which the paper quotes from the universal coding literature without proof. As far as the platform's catalog shows, none of these results is formalized. The platform holds a machine-checkable statement of the analogous result for Gaussian arms with the Lattimore–Szepesvári threshold (BanditAlgorithm.chernoff_stopping_rule_sound, Lemma 33.7 of Bandit Algorithms), which is a different model and a different threshold. Formalizing Theorem 10 adds a proof of Lemma 11 (the KT regret bound, reusable in information theory and universal prediction), the Bernoulli GLR statistic, and a change of measure from the true bandit law to a Bayesian mixture law on the trajectory space.

Difficulty

The obvious approach bounds, for each fixed ttt, the probability that Za,b(t)Z_{a,b}(t)Za,b​(t) exceeds β(t,δ)\beta(t,\delta)β(t,δ) by a concentration inequality and sums over ttt. This fails: the sampling strategy is arbitrary and adaptive, so Na(t)N_a(t)Na​(t) and Nb(t)N_b(t)Nb​(t) are random and depend on the past rewards, and a fixed-sample-size deviation bound does not apply; a union bound over the possible values of the counts loses more than the threshold allows. The maximum likelihood in the numerator of Za,bZ_{a,b}Za,b​ is also not a probability density, so the likelihood ratio cannot directly be read as a change of measure. The argument must control the whole trajectory law under an arbitrary randomized policy, and must handle empty samples (an arm never pulled contributes likelihood 111) and the boundary means 000 and 111.

Formalization scope

The formalization is in Lean 4 with Mathlib and reuses the platform's canonical bandit model: StochasticBandit, BanditPolicy (a Markov kernel per round from the observed history to the next arm, so randomized strategies are included), banditTrajMeasure (the law of the infinite trajectory, where coordinate sss is round s+1s+1s+1) and IsSoundBAI from BanditTrajectory; bernoulliBandit from bernoulliRelativeEntropy; and only the pull counts trajPullCount and empirical means trajEmpiricalMean from TrackAndStop. The Gaussian GLR and threshold of TrackAndStop are not used.

Conventions committed to:

  • Arms are Fin K. Bernoulli means range over [0,1][0,1][0,1], degenerate laws included; the paper's exponential-family mean space is (0,1)(0,1)(0,1), so the [0,1][0,1][0,1] statement implies the paper's.
  • Za,b(t)Z_{a,b}(t)Za,b​(t) is defined as the ratio of the two maxima over [0,1]2[0,1]^2[0,1]2, not by the closed form (7), which holds only when μ^a(t)≥μ^b(t)\hat\mu_a(t) \ge \hat\mu_b(t)μ^​a​(t)≥μ^​b​(t). Both maxima are attained and positive.
  • The stopping rule ranges over t≥1t \ge 1t≥1; at t=0t = 0t=0 there is no observation and the paper's β(0,δ)=log⁡0\beta(0,\delta) = \log 0β(0,δ)=log0 is undefined. τδ=∞\tau_\delta = \inftyτδ​=∞ when the rule never fires.
  • The decision rule is quantified: the goal holds for every recommendation that maximizes the empirical mean at τδ\tau_\deltaτδ​, whatever the tie-breaking.
  • Probabilities of events are outer measures under the trajectory law; no measurability is assumed.
  • K≥1K \ge 1K≥1 only. For K=1K = 1K=1 the statement is trivially true (no suboptimal arm).

Disclosed deviations from the page: Lemma 11's ratio bound is stated for n≥1n \ge 1n≥1, since at n=0n = 0n=0 the printed bound reads 1≤01 \le 01≤0; the use of the lemma in Appendix C.1 is unaffected. Appendix C.1 calls the result "Proposition 10" (a slip for Theorem 10) and prints the KT density as 1/πu(1−u)1/\sqrt{\pi u(1-u)}1/πu(1−u)​ (a slip for 1/(πu(1−u))1/(\pi\sqrt{u(1-u)})1/(πu(1−u)​) of Lemma 11, which is the normalized one); the formalization follows Lemma 11.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: stating the result for Gaussian arms or with the Lattimore–Szepesvári threshold is the platform's existing Lemma 33.7 and is not Theorem 10, and a free decision rule without the argmax hypothesis would make the claim false rather than faithful.

Contributions welcome: a proof of Lemma 11; a change-of-measure lemma for banditTrajMeasure under a mixture of environments; and the union-bound reduction from the goal to the pairwise claim.

Selected references

  • A. Garivier, E. Kaufmann, Optimal Best Arm Identification with Fixed Confidence, COLT 2016 (JMLR W&CP 49), arXiv:1602.04589v2, 2016. https://arxiv.org/abs/1602.04589
  • F. M. J. Willems, Y. M. Shtarkov, T. J. Tjalkens, The context-tree weighting method: basic properties, IEEE Transactions on Information Theory 41(3), 1995. https://doi.org/10.1109/18.382012
  • R. Krichevsky, V. Trofimov, The performance of universal encoding, IEEE Transactions on Information Theory 27(2), 1981. https://doi.org/10.1109/TIT.1981.1056331
  • H. Chernoff, Sequential design of experiments, Annals of Mathematical Statistics 30(3), 1959. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177706205
  • T. Lattimore, C. Szepesvári, Bandit Algorithms, Cambridge University Press, 2020, Chapter 33. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781108571401
10 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Machine LearningStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

On the Uniform Convergence of Relative Frequencies of Events to Their Probabilities III: Uniform Convergence and the Entropy per ObservationResearch Paper

Motivation

Estimating a probability by the relative frequency of the event in an independent sample is justified for one event by the law of large numbers. Statistics and learning theory need more: the frequencies of a whole class of events SSS must approach their probabilities simultaneously, so that a quantity chosen after looking at the data (the empirical risk minimizer, the empirical distribution function) is still close to its expectation. Glivenko's theorem on the empirical distribution function is the classical instance; empirical risk minimization rests on the same property for the class of loss sets of a model.

Vapnik and Chervonenkis, On the Uniform Convergence of Relative Frequencies of Events to Their Probabilities, Theory Probab. Appl. 16 (1971), treat this question in two parts. The first gives a distribution-free sufficient condition through the growth function (Theorems 1–3). The second, which this mission formalizes, gives a condition that is necessary and sufficient for a fixed distribution: Theorem 4, the entropy criterion.

Timeline. 1933: Glivenko and Cantelli prove uniform convergence for the class of rays {x≤a}\{x \le a\}{x≤a} on the line. 1968: Vapnik and Chervonenkis announce the results in Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 181. 1971: the full paper appears, with the growth-function bound and the entropy criterion. Later work (Talagrand 1987; Dudley, Giné and Zinn 1991) recasts such criteria as the theory of Glivenko–Cantelli classes.

Setting

Let XXX be a set carrying a probability measure PPP, and SSS a collection of measurable subsets of XXX (events). A sample of size lll is a sequence x1,…,xlx_1, \dots, x_lx1​,…,xl​ of independent draws from PPP; repetitions are allowed. For A∈SA \in SA∈S the relative frequency νA(l)\nu_A^{(l)}νA(l)​ is the fraction of sample terms lying in AAA, and PA=P(A)P_A = P(A)PA​=P(A). The maximal deviation is

π(l)(x1,…,xl)=sup⁡A∈S∣νA(l)−PA∣.\pi^{(l)}(x_1, \dots, x_l) = \sup_{A \in S} \bigl|\nu_A^{(l)} - P_A\bigr| .π(l)(x1​,…,xl​)=A∈Ssup​​νA(l)​−PA​​.

The relative frequencies converge in probability to the probabilities uniformly over SSS when P{π(l)>ε}→0\mathbf{P}\{\pi^{(l)} > \varepsilon\} \to 0P{π(l)>ε}→0 as l→∞l \to \inftyl→∞ for every ε>0\varepsilon > 0ε>0.

Each A∈SA \in SA∈S induces in a sample the subsample of terms lying in AAA. The index ΔS(x1,…,xl)\Delta^S(x_1, \dots, x_l)ΔS(x1​,…,xl​) is the number of different subsamples induced by the sets of SSS; it lies between 000 and 2l2^l2l. The entropy of SSS in samples of size lll is

HS(l)=Elog⁡2ΔS(x1,…,xl).H^S(l) = \mathbf{E} \log_2 \Delta^S(x_1, \dots, x_l) .HS(l)=Elog2​ΔS(x1​,…,xl​).

For a sample of size 2l2l2l, split into halves x1,…,xlx_1, \dots, x_lx1​,…,xl​ and xl+1,…,x2lx_{l+1}, \dots, x_{2l}xl+1​,…,x2l​ with relative frequencies νA′\nu'_AνA′​ and νA′′\nu''_AνA′′​, the semi-sample deviation is ρ(l)=sup⁡A∈S∣νA′−νA′′∣\rho^{(l)} = \sup_{A \in S} |\nu'_A - \nu''_A|ρ(l)=supA∈S​∣νA′​−νA′′​∣. Finally Φ(n,r)\Phi(n, r)Φ(n,r) is defined by the recurrence Φ(n,r)=Φ(n,r−1)+Φ(n−1,r−1)\Phi(n, r) = \Phi(n, r-1) + \Phi(n-1, r-1)Φ(n,r)=Φ(n,r−1)+Φ(n−1,r−1), Φ(0,r)=Φ(n,0)=1\Phi(0, r) = \Phi(n, 0) = 1Φ(0,r)=Φ(n,0)=1.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4 (p. 275)

(∀ε>0: lim⁡l→∞P{π(l)>ε}=0)  ⟺  lim⁡l→∞HS(l)l=0.\Bigl(\forall \varepsilon > 0:\ \lim_{l\to\infty} \mathbf{P}\{\pi^{(l)} > \varepsilon\} = 0\Bigr) \iff \lim_{l \to \infty} \frac{H^S(l)}{l} = 0 .(∀ε>0: l→∞lim​P{π(l)>ε}=0)⟺l→∞lim​lHS(l)​=0.

Milestones

  1. Entropy rate. (12) ΔS(x1,…,xl)≤ΔS(x1,…,xk)ΔS(xk+1,…,xl)\Delta^S(x_1, \dots, x_l) \le \Delta^S(x_1, \dots, x_k)\Delta^S(x_{k+1}, \dots, x_l)ΔS(x1​,…,xl​)≤ΔS(x1​,…,xk​)ΔS(xk+1​,…,xl​); the subadditivity HS(l1+l2)≤HS(l1)+HS(l2)H^S(l_1 + l_2) \le H^S(l_1) + H^S(l_2)HS(l1​+l2​)≤HS(l1​)+HS(l2​); Lemma 3, HS(l)/l→c∈[0,1]H^S(l)/l \to c \in [0, 1]HS(l)/l→c∈[0,1]; Lemma 4, P(∣l−1log⁡2ΔS−c∣>ε)→0\mathbf{P}(|l^{-1}\log_2 \Delta^S - c| > \varepsilon) \to 0P(∣l−1log2​ΔS−c∣>ε)→0.
  2. Sufficiency. Lemma 2, P{π(l)>ε}≤2 P{ρ(l)≥ε/2}\mathbf{P}\{\pi^{(l)} > \varepsilon\} \le 2\,\mathbf{P}\{\rho^{(l)} \ge \varepsilon/2\}P{π(l)>ε}≤2P{ρ(l)≥ε/2} for l≥2/ε2l \ge 2/\varepsilon^2l≥2/ε2; the per-sample permutation bound 2ΔS(x1,…,x2l)e−ε2l/82\Delta^S(x_1, \dots, x_{2l}) e^{-\varepsilon^2 l/8}2ΔS(x1​,…,x2l​)e−ε2l/8; and
P{ρ(l)≥ε2}≤2(2e)ε2l/8+P{12llog⁡2ΔS(x1,…,x2l)>ε216}.\mathbf{P}\{\rho^{(l)} \ge \tfrac{\varepsilon}{2}\} \le 2\Bigl(\frac{2}{e}\Bigr)^{\varepsilon^2 l/8} + \mathbf{P}\Bigl\{\tfrac{1}{2l}\log_2 \Delta^S(x_1, \dots, x_{2l}) > \tfrac{\varepsilon^2}{16}\Bigr\} .P{ρ(l)≥2ε​}≤2(e2​)ε2l/8+P{2l1​log2​ΔS(x1​,…,x2l​)>16ε2​}.
  1. Necessity. Lemma 1 (Sauer–Shelah in sequence form); step 1°, 1−P(C′)≥(1−P(Q))21 - \mathbf{P}(C') \ge (1 - \mathbf{P}(Q))^21−P(C′)≥(1−P(Q))2 with C′={ρ(l)>2ε}C' = \{\rho^{(l)} > 2\varepsilon\}C′={ρ(l)>2ε}; (26), P{ΔS>Φ([ql],l)}→1\mathbf{P}\{\Delta^S > \Phi([ql], l)\} \to 1P{ΔS>Φ([ql],l)}→1 when 0<q<140 < q < \frac140<q<41​ and qlog⁡2(2e/q)<cq\log_2(2e/q) < cqlog2​(2e/q)<c; and (29), P{π(l)>ε}→1\mathbf{P}\{\pi^{(l)} > \varepsilon\} \to 1P{π(l)>ε}→1 when moreover 0<ε<q/70 < \varepsilon < q/70<ε<q/7.

Significance

Theorem 4 characterizes uniform convergence for a given distribution exactly, with no gap between the necessary and the sufficient condition. It separates the cases the growth-function bound cannot: a class may have mS(l)=2lm^S(l) = 2^lmS(l)=2l for every lll (all open subsets of [0,1][0,1][0,1]) and still satisfy HS(l)/l→0H^S(l)/l \to 0HS(l)/l→0 under a particular PPP, or fail it. The entropy HS(l)H^S(l)HS(l) is the distribution-dependent quantity from which later work on Glivenko–Cantelli classes and on consistency of empirical risk minimization proceeds; the 1981 paper of the same authors extends the criterion to classes of functions. The quantitative form (29) states more than the negation of convergence: when the entropy rate is positive, the maximal deviation stays above a fixed ε\varepsilonε with probability tending to one.

The result has been proved since 1971; it has not been formalized. The platform holds Sauer–Shelah variants over sets of distinct points and PAC bounds with other constants, but no statement of the VC entropy or of Theorem 4. The mission produces machine-checked statements of the entropy criterion and of its supporting lemmas with the paper's own constants (l≥2/ε2l \ge 2/\varepsilon^2l≥2/ε2, 2e−ε2l/82e^{-\varepsilon^2 l/8}2e−ε2l/8, δ=ε2/16\delta = \varepsilon^2/16δ=ε2/16, ε<q/7\varepsilon < q/7ε<q/7).

Difficulty

The sufficiency half is a variant of the proof of the growth-function bound; its new ingredient is the concentration of l−1log⁡2ΔSl^{-1} \log_2 \Delta^Sl−1log2​ΔS (Lemma 4), which needs subadditivity and a law of large numbers over independent blocks of the sample rather than a single mean estimate. The hypergeometric tail estimate behind the permutation bound is omitted in the paper ("a simple but long computation").

Necessity is harder. The obvious attempt, bounding P{π(l)>ε}\mathbf{P}\{\pi^{(l)} > \varepsilon\}P{π(l)>ε} from below by exhibiting a single bad event, fails: SSS may be uncountable and no single AAA deviates with non-vanishing probability. A positive entropy rate has to be converted into a combinatorial statement about typical samples ((26) combines Lemma 4 with an estimate of Φ([ql],l)\Phi([ql], l)Φ([ql],l)), and that statement back into a lower bound on a probability over the product measure; the constants q<14q < \frac14q<41​ and ε<q/7\varepsilon < q/7ε<q/7 must be tracked through both conversions, and the conclusion lim⁡P{π(l)>ε}=1\lim \mathbf{P}\{\pi^{(l)} > \varepsilon\} = 1limP{π(l)>ε}=1 needs the unweakened inequality of step 1°.

Formalization scope

A sample of size lll is a function Fin l → X (positions 0,…,l−10, \dots, l-10,…,l−1) and its law is the product measure Measure.pi (fun _ => P), with P a probability measure. A subsample is a set of positions, so the index counts distinct Finset (Fin l) of the form {i:xi∈A}\{i : x_i \in A\}{i:xi​∈A}. The halves of x : Fin (l + l) → X are x ∘ Fin.castAdd l and x ∘ Fin.natAdd l. PAP_APA​ is P.real A; the suprema π(l)\pi^{(l)}π(l) and ρ(l)\rho^{(l)}ρ(l) are real suprema over the subtype of SSS (values in [0,1][0,1][0,1]; 000 for S=∅S = \emptysetS=∅). HS(l)H^S(l)HS(l) is a Bochner integral of Real.logb 2 of the index, and [ql][ql][ql] is ⌊q * l⌋₊. Probabilities are values in [0,∞][0, \infty][0,∞], except in the inequalities between probabilities (step 1°, the sufficiency estimate), which use Measure.real.

Measurability. The paper assumes, and the statements carry as hypotheses, that the events of SSS are measurable (p. 264), that π(l)\pi^{(l)}π(l) is a random variable (p. 265), that ρ(l)\rho^{(l)}ρ(l) is measurable (p. 268), and that the index is measurable in the sample (p. 273). Each statement carries the ones its proof uses. Without them the Bochner integral defining HS(l)H^S(l)HS(l) can be the junk value 000 and the equivalence can fail; replacing them by "SSS countable" would weaken the theorem. The goal is not trivialized by degenerate cases: the equivalence is not vacuous for any class, and S=∅S = \emptysetS=∅ gives the true instance HS=0H^S = 0HS=0, π(l)=0\pi^{(l)} = 0π(l)=0.

Corrections of the printed text. Lemma 2 is printed for l>2/ε2l > 2/\varepsilon^2l>2/ε2; its proof gives l≥2/ε2l \ge 2/\varepsilon^2l≥2/ε2, which is stated. On p. 275 Lemma 2 is recalled as "2P(C)≥12P(Q)2\mathbf{P}(C) \ge \frac12 P(Q)2P(C)≥21​P(Q)", meaning P(C)≥12P(Q)\mathbf{P}(C) \ge \frac12\mathbf{P}(Q)P(C)≥21​P(Q). On p. 276 the first display carries a stray upper limit "4" on the integral, and the region of integration is printed {log⁡2ΔS≤2δ}\{\log_2 \Delta^S \le 2\delta\}{log2​ΔS≤2δ} where {log⁡2ΔS≤2δl}\{\log_2\Delta^S \le 2\delta l\}{log2​ΔS≤2δl} is meant. The event C′C'C′ is defined with ">2ε> 2\varepsilon>2ε" (p. 276) but integrated in step 3° as θ(⋅−2ε)\theta(\cdot - 2\varepsilon)θ(⋅−2ε), which counts "≥2ε\ge 2\varepsilon≥2ε"; the strict form is stated, and the estimate of step 3° is itself strict. Step 1° is stated unweakened. Milestone texts are verbatim.

Contributions welcome: a reusable development of the index and its submultiplicativity, the hypergeometric tail bound for sampling without replacement, a block law of large numbers for subadditive functionals of i.i.d. samples, and the permutation-invariance argument for product measures on Fin (l + l) → X.

Selected references

  • V. N. Vapnik and A. Ya. Chervonenkis, On the uniform convergence of relative frequencies of events to their probabilities, Theory of Probability and Its Applications 16(2) (1971), 264–280. https://doi.org/10.1137/1116025
  • V. N. Vapnik and A. Ya. Chervonenkis, Necessary and sufficient conditions for the uniform convergence of means to their expectations, Theory of Probability and Its Applications 26(3) (1981), 532–553. https://doi.org/10.1137/1126059
  • M. Talagrand, The Glivenko–Cantelli problem, Annals of Probability 15(3) (1987), 837–870. https://doi.org/10.1214/aop/1176992069
  • R. M. Dudley, E. Giné and J. Zinn, Uniform and universal Glivenko–Cantelli classes, Journal of Theoretical Probability 4(3) (1991), 485–510. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01210321
16 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Convex OptimizationFunctional AnalysisOperations Research+1·Captain: mikedeng1

Dual Stochastic Dominance and Related Mean-Risk Models 2: Mean–Gini Optimal Portfolios Exist and Are SSD-EfficientResearch Paper

Motivation

Portfolio selection and other decisions under risk are routinely solved as mean–risk models: maximize the expected outcome minus a multiple of a risk measure over the feasible set. Such a model is computationally convenient, but it is only defensible if its answers agree with the preferences of risk-averse decision makers. The standard formal expression of those preferences is second-degree stochastic dominance (SSD): a random outcome XXX dominates YYY when every nondecreasing concave utility prefers XXX. A mean–risk model whose optimal solution may be SSD-dominated by another feasible decision recommends something every risk-averse investor would reject; the classical mean–variance model has exactly this defect.

Ogryczak and Ruszczyński (SIAM J. Optim. 13 (2002) 60–78) characterize SSD through the absolute Lorenz curve (the second quantile function) and use this dual view to study risk measures defined from quantiles: the vertical diameter of the dual dispersion space, the tail Gini measure and the Gini mean difference. Their §5 shows that the mean–Gini model, with trade-off coefficient at most one, has optimal solutions and that all of them are SSD-efficient. This mission formalizes that result together with the lemmas it rests on. A companion mission of this series formalizes the dual characterization of SSD itself (the paper's Theorems 3.1–3.2).

Timeline. Yitzhaki (1982) showed the mean–Gini necessary condition for SSD for bounded distributions; Ogryczak and Ruszczyński proved SSD consistency of mean-semideviation models (Eur. J. Oper. Res. 116 (1999)) and, in the present paper, extended the analysis to quantile-based and Gini-type risk measures for general integrable outcomes, with existence and efficiency of optimal solutions over sets in LqL_qLq​.

Setting

Let (Ω,B,P)(\Omega,\mathcal B,P)(Ω,B,P) be a probability space and X:Ω→RX:\Omega\to\mathbb RX:Ω→R an integrable random variable with mean μX=EX\mu_X=E XμX​=EX and distribution function FX(η)=P{X≤η}F_X(\eta)=P\{X\le\eta\}FX​(η)=P{X≤η}. The second performance function is

FX(2)(η)=∫−∞ηFX(ξ) dξ,F_X^{(2)}(\eta)=\int_{-\infty}^{\eta}F_X(\xi)\,d\xi ,FX(2)​(η)=∫−∞η​FX​(ξ)dξ,

and X⪰SSDYX\succeq_{SSD}YX⪰SSD​Y means FX(2)(η)≤FY(2)(η)F_X^{(2)}(\eta)\le F_Y^{(2)}(\eta)FX(2)​(η)≤FY(2)​(η) for all η∈R\eta\in\mathbb Rη∈R. Strict dominance is X≻SSDYX\succ_{SSD}YX≻SSD​Y iff X⪰SSDYX\succeq_{SSD}YX⪰SSD​Y and not Y⪰SSDXY\succeq_{SSD}XY⪰SSD​X. For a set QQQ of random variables, X∈QX\in QX∈Q is SSD-efficient in QQQ if no Y∈QY\in QY∈Q satisfies Y≻SSDXY\succ_{SSD}XY≻SSD​X.

The left quantile function is FX(−1)(p)=inf⁡{η:FX(η)≥p}F_X^{(-1)}(p)=\inf\{\eta:F_X(\eta)\ge p\}FX(−1)​(p)=inf{η:FX​(η)≥p} for 0<p≤10<p\le10<p≤1; a number qqq is a ppp-quantile if P{X<q}≤p≤P{X≤q}P\{X<q\}\le p\le P\{X\le q\}P{X<q}≤p≤P{X≤q}. The absolute Lorenz curve is FX(−2)(p)=∫0pFX(−1)(α) dαF_X^{(-2)}(p)=\int_0^pF_X^{(-1)}(\alpha)\,d\alphaFX(−2)​(p)=∫0p​FX(−1)​(α)dα on [0,1][0,1][0,1]. From it the paper defines

  • the vertical diameter hX(p)=μXp−FX(−2)(p)h_X(p)=\mu_Xp-F_X^{(-2)}(p)hX​(p)=μX​p−FX(−2)​(p), p∈[0,1]p\in[0,1]p∈[0,1] (eq. (3.6));
  • the Gini mean difference ΓX=2∫01(μXp−FX(−2)(p)) dp\Gamma_X=2\int_0^1(\mu_Xp-F_X^{(-2)}(p))\,dpΓX​=2∫01​(μX​p−FX(−2)​(p))dp (eq. (3.8));
  • the tail Gini measure GX(p)=2p2∫0p(μXα−FX(−2)(α)) dαG_X(p)=\frac{2}{p^2}\int_0^p(\mu_X\alpha-F_X^{(-2)}(\alpha))\,d\alphaGX​(p)=p22​∫0p​(μX​α−FX(−2)​(α))dα, p∈(0,1]p\in(0,1]p∈(0,1] (eq. (4.8)), so that ΓX=GX(1)\Gamma_X=G_X(1)ΓX​=GX​(1).

The optimization problem is

max⁡X∈Q (μX−λrX),(5.1)\max_{X\in Q}\ (\mu_X-\lambda r_X),\tag{5.1}X∈Qmax​ (μX​−λrX​),(5.1)

with λ>0\lambda>0λ>0, rXr_XrX​ one of these dual risk measures, and QQQ a convex, closed, bounded subset of Lq(Ω,P)L_q(\Omega,P)Lq​(Ω,P) for some q>1q>1q>1.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5.3

For 1<q<∞1<q<\infty1<q<∞, a nonempty convex bounded closed Q⊆LqQ\subseteq L_qQ⊆Lq​, rX=ΓXr_X=\Gamma_XrX​=ΓX​ and every λ∈(0,1]\lambda\in(0,1]λ∈(0,1]:

arg max⁡X∈Q(μX−λΓX)≠∅and every X∈arg max⁡X∈Q(μX−λΓX) is SSD-efficient in Q.\operatorname*{arg\,max}_{X\in Q}(\mu_X-\lambda\Gamma_X)\neq\emptyset\quad\text{and every } X\in\operatorname*{arg\,max}_{X\in Q}(\mu_X-\lambda\Gamma_X)\text{ is SSD-efficient in }Q.X∈Qargmax​(μX​−λΓX​)=∅and every X∈X∈Qargmax​(μX​−λΓX​) is SSD-efficient in Q.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 3.4: for p∈(0,1)p\in(0,1)p∈(0,1), hX(p)=min⁡ξ∈RE{max⁡(p(X−ξ),(1−p)(ξ−X))}h_X(p)=\min_{\xi\in\mathbb R}E\{\max(p(X-\xi),(1-p)(\xi-X))\}hX​(p)=minξ∈R​E{max(p(X−ξ),(1−p)(ξ−X))}, attained at any ppp-quantile.
  2. Lemma 5.1: X↦hX(p)X\mapsto h_X(p)X↦hX​(p) is convex and positively homogeneous on L1L_1L1​ for p∈[0,1]p\in[0,1]p∈[0,1].
  3. Lemma 5.2: X↦GX(p)X\mapsto G_X(p)X↦GX​(p) is convex and positively homogeneous on L1L_1L1​ for p∈(0,1]p\in(0,1]p∈(0,1].
  4. (4.1): X⪰SSDY⇒μX≥μYX\succeq_{SSD}Y\Rightarrow\mu_X\ge\mu_YX⪰SSD​Y⇒μX​≥μY​.
  5. Proposition 4.5: X⪰SSDY⇒μX−ΓX≥μY−ΓYX\succeq_{SSD}Y\Rightarrow\mu_X-\Gamma_X\ge\mu_Y-\Gamma_YX⪰SSD​Y⇒μX​−ΓX​≥μY​−ΓY​ and X≻SSDY⇒μX−ΓX>μY−ΓYX\succ_{SSD}Y\Rightarrow\mu_X-\Gamma_X>\mu_Y-\Gamma_YX≻SSD​Y⇒μX​−ΓX​>μY​−ΓY​.

Companion: Theorem 5.4

For rX=hX(p)/pr_X=h_X(p)/prX​=hX​(p)/p with p∈(0,1)p\in(0,1)p∈(0,1) and λ∈(0,1]\lambda\in(0,1]λ∈(0,1], the optimal set Q∗Q^*Q∗ is nonempty and each X∈Q∗X\in Q^*X∈Q∗ has an SSD-efficient X∗∈Q∗X^*\in Q^*X∗∈Q∗ with μX∗=μX\mu_{X^*}=\mu_XμX∗​=μX​ and hX∗(p)=hX(p)h_{X^*}(p)=h_X(p)hX∗​(p)=hX​(p).

Significance

Theorem 5.3 certifies the mean–Gini model as a safe decision rule: whatever trade-off λ∈(0,1]\lambda\in(0,1]λ∈(0,1] is chosen, the model returns a decision that no feasible alternative dominates for all risk-averse utilities, and such a decision exists under assumptions natural for portfolio sets in LqL_qLq​. Theorem 5.4 gives the weaker but still usable guarantee for the tail-value-at-risk type measure hX(p)/ph_X(p)/phX​(p)/p, for which non-efficient optima can occur. Lemma 3.4 is the bridge to computation: it turns hX(p)h_X(p)hX​(p) into an expected piecewise-linear loss minimized over a scalar, which is how these models become linear programs over scenarios (§6 of the paper).

On the formalization side, the results are proved in the paper but, as far as a search of the platform shows, not machine-checked anywhere. A complete development produces reusable infrastructure: quantile functions and their integrals for integrable random variables, convexity of law-invariant functionals on L1L_1L1​, the Gini mean difference, and an existence argument for concave maximization over weakly compact subsets of LqL_qLq​.

Difficulty

The existence half needs weak compactness of QQQ in the reflexive space LqL_qLq​ and weak upper semicontinuity of μX−λΓX\mu_X-\lambda\Gamma_XμX​−λΓX​. The functional is defined through quantiles, which are not linear in XXX, so neither its concavity nor its continuity is visible from the definition. Closedness of QQQ in the norm topology must be upgraded to weak closedness, which uses convexity. The efficiency half needs the strict inequality (4.7): a strict SSD relation must produce a strict gap in the integrated absolute Lorenz curves, and the pointwise inequality of F(2)F^{(2)}F(2) alone does not give strictness in Γ\GammaΓ. The obvious attempt to argue efficiency from (4.6) alone fails: it yields only a weak inequality, which is compatible with an optimum being strictly dominated.

Formalization scope

  • One probability space (Ω,P)(\Omega,P)(Ω,P) with IsProbabilityMeasure P; random variables are functions Ω → ℝ, and all random variables compared by ⪰SSD\succeq_{SSD}⪰SSD​ live on it.
  • FX(2)F_X^{(2)}FX(2)​ is the Bochner integral of P.real {X ≤ ξ} over (−∞,η](-\infty,\eta](−∞,η]; μX\mu_XμX​ is ∫ X ∂P. Every statement about general random variables assumes Integrable X P (the paper's standing E∣X∣<∞E|X|<\inftyE∣X∣<∞).
  • FX(−1)F_X^{(-1)}FX(−1)​ uses the real sInf; its junk value at p=1p=1p=1 does not enter any integral and is never used pointwise. FX(−2)F_X^{(-2)}FX(−2)​ is used only on [0,1][0,1][0,1], so it is real-valued here; the extended-real version with +∞+\infty+∞ off [0,1][0,1][0,1] belongs to the companion mission.
  • ΓX\Gamma_XΓX​ is defined by the area formula (3.8), not by the double-integral formula that the paper cites; hXh_XhX​ is defined by (3.6), not by the minimum (3.7), so Lemma 3.4 is a genuine statement.
  • LqL_qLq​ is Mathlib's Lp ℝ q P with 1 < q and q ≠ ∞ (the paper's qqq is a real number >1>1>1); the functionals are applied to the function of an LqL_qLq​ element, and SSD-efficiency in QQQ refers to the image of QQQ in functions. Positive homogeneity is stated for the L1L_1L1​ element c⋅Xc\cdot Xc⋅X.
  • Added hypothesis: QQQ is nonempty. The paper does not write it, and without it the optimal set is empty.
  • Optimal solutions are maximizers in QQQ, not a supremum value. The trade-off coefficient is lam because λ is a Lean keyword; the range λ∈(0,1]\lambda\in(0,1]λ∈(0,1] is kept exactly.
  • A trivializing formalization is ruled out: the weak relation ⪰SSD\succeq_{SSD}⪰SSD​ must not replace the strict relation in SSD-efficiency (every XXX weakly dominates itself), and Γ\GammaΓ must not be a hand-chosen closed form.

Needed infrastructure: quantile functions and the identity ∫01FX(−1)=μX\int_0^1F_X^{(-1)}=\mu_X∫01​FX(−1)​=μX​; the minimum representation of Lemma 3.4; convexity of law-invariant functionals on Lp; weak compactness of bounded closed convex sets in reflexive Lp. Contributions of general lemmas about quantiles and Lorenz curves are welcome and reusable beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • W. Ogryczak, A. Ruszczyński, Dual stochastic dominance and related mean-risk models, SIAM J. Optim. 13(1) (2002) 60–78. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623400375075
  • W. Ogryczak, A. Ruszczyński, From stochastic dominance to mean-risk models: semideviations as risk measures, Eur. J. Oper. Res. 116 (1999) 33–50. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0377-2217(98)00167-2
  • S. Yitzhaki, Stochastic dominance, mean variance, and Gini's mean difference, Amer. Econ. Rev. 72 (1982) 178–185. https://www.jstor.org/stable/1808584
10 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Robust Mean-Covariance Solutions for Stochastic Optimization III: Concave Utilities with a Monotone Second Derivative Have a Closed-Form Robust ObjectiveResearch Paper

Motivation

A decision maker who chooses a portfolio x∈Rnx\in\mathbb R^nx∈Rn of risky assets with random return vector RRR receives the scalar return x′Rx'Rx′R and evaluates it by an expected utility E[u(x′R)]E[u(x'R)]E[u(x′R)]. In practice the law of RRR is not known; what can be estimated with some confidence are its mean μ\muμ and covariance Σ\SigmaΣ. The robust mean-covariance objective replaces the unknown law by the worst law consistent with these two moments:

U(x)=inf⁡{E[u(x′R)]:R has mean μ and covariance Σ}.U(x)=\inf\{E[u(x'R)] : R \text{ has mean } \mu \text{ and covariance } \Sigma\}.U(x)=inf{E[u(x′R)]:R has mean μ and covariance Σ}.

Ioana Popescu (Operations Research 55(1), 2007) showed that U(x)U(x)U(x) depends on xxx only through μx=x′μ\mu_x=x'\muμx​=x′μ and σx2=x′Σx\sigma_x^2=x'\Sigma xσx2​=x′Σx, and that for large classes of utilities it has a closed form or reduces to a one-dimensional search. This turns a robust stochastic program into a parametric mean-variance program, which is the practical point of the paper. This mission formalizes the closed form for concave utilities with a monotone second derivative (Proposition 7), a class that contains the exponential utility 1−e−ay1-e^{-ay}1−e−ay and all concave quadratics. The reduction to (μx,σx)(\mu_x,\sigma_x)(μx​,σx​) is the subject of the companion mission Robust Mean-Covariance Solutions for Stochastic Optimization I; the two-point case is mission II.

The underlying univariate question is a moment problem in the tradition of Chebyshev-type bounds: the extremal value of E[u(r)]E[u(r)]E[u(r)] over all laws with prescribed mean and variance. Scarf (1958) solved an instance for a piecewise-linear inventory cost, and Birge and Dulá (1991) treated two-point extremal laws on bounded domains.

Setting

Fix m∈Rm\in\mathbb Rm∈R and s≥0s\ge 0s≥0. The mean-variance class M(m,s2)\mathbb M_{(m,s^2)}M(m,s2)​ is the set of Borel probability measures ν\nuν on R\mathbb RR with ∫r2 dν<∞\int r^2\,d\nu<\infty∫r2dν<∞, ∫r dν=m\int r\,d\nu=m∫rdν=m and ∫(r−m)2 dν=s2\int (r-m)^2\,d\nu=s^2∫(r−m)2dν=s2 (Lean: MeanVarClass m (s ^ 2)). For a utility u:R→Ru:\mathbb R\to\mathbb Ru:R→R the robust objective is

U(m,s)=inf⁡{∫u dν:ν∈M(m,s2)},U(m,s)=\inf\Big\{\int u\,d\nu : \nu\in\mathbb M_{(m,s^2)}\Big\},U(m,s)=inf{∫udν:ν∈M(m,s2)​},

with min⁡\minmin read, as in the paper, "in the wide sense of inf⁡\infinf", so the value −∞-\infty−∞ is allowed. The paper's U(x)U(x)U(x) is U(μx,σx)U(\mu_x,\sigma_x)U(μx​,σx​).

For p∈(0,1)p\in(0,1)p∈(0,1) the two-point law rpr_prp​ puts mass ppp on b=m+(1−p)/p sb=m+\sqrt{(1-p)/p}\,sb=m+(1−p)/p​s and mass 1−p1-p1−p on a=m−p/(1−p) sa=m-\sqrt{p/(1-p)}\,sa=m−p/(1−p)​s; these are exactly the two-point laws of M(m,s2)\mathbb M_{(m,s^2)}M(m,s2)​. Its expected utility is the two-point objective (8),

U(p)=p u(b)+(1−p) u(a)(twoPointValue u m s p).U(p)=p\,u(b)+(1-p)\,u(a)\qquad(\texttt{twoPointValue u m s p}).U(p)=pu(b)+(1−p)u(a)(twoPointValue u m s p).

A supporting quadratic of uuu is q(y)=Ay2+By+Cq(y)=Ay^2+By+Cq(y)=Ay2+By+C with q≤uq\le uq≤u on R\mathbb RR; the set of their coefficients is Q\mathcal QQ. Since every r∼(m,s2)r\sim(m,s^2)r∼(m,s2) has E[q(r)]=A(m2+s2)+Bm+CE[q(r)]=A(m^2+s^2)+Bm+CE[q(r)]=A(m2+s2)+Bm+C, each element of Q\mathcal QQ gives a lower bound on U(m,s)U(m,s)U(m,s) (Proposition 3). The function uuu has the one-point support property with respect to (m,s2)(m,s^2)(m,s2) (Definition 3, OnePointSupportWrt u m s) if some supporting quadratic touches uuu at mmm and E[u(rp)]→E[q(rp)]E[u(r_p)]\to E[q(r_p)]E[u(rp​)]→E[q(rp​)] as p→0+p\to0^+p→0+ or as p→1−p\to1^-p→1−; it has one-point support (OnePointSupport u) if this holds for every mmm and every s≥0s\ge0s≥0.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 7

Let uuu be concave and twice differentiable with monotone u′′u''u′′.

(a) If u′u'u′ is convex, then

U(m,s)=u(m)+lim⁡y→−∞u′′(y) s22for all m, s.U(m,s)=u(m)+\lim_{y\to-\infty}u''(y)\,\frac{s^2}{2}\qquad\text{for all } m,\ s.U(m,s)=u(m)+y→−∞lim​u′′(y)2s2​for all m, s.

(b) If u′u'u′ is concave, the same holds with lim⁡y→+∞u′′(y)\lim_{y\to+\infty}u''(y)limy→+∞​u′′(y).

In each part the limit LLL of u′′u''u′′ exists in [−∞,0][-\infty,0][−∞,0]. When LLL is finite the goal asserts that uuu is integrable under every law of every class, that u(m)+Ls2/2u(m)+Ls^2/2u(m)+Ls2/2 is the greatest lower bound of the expected utilities, and that uuu has one-point support. When L=−∞L=-\inftyL=−∞ and s>0s>0s>0 it asserts U(m,s)=−∞U(m,s)=-\inftyU(m,s)=−∞.

Milestones

  1. Display (9): ∂U/∂p=u(b)−u(a)−(b−a) u′(b)+u′(a)2\partial U/\partial p=u(b)-u(a)-(b-a)\,\frac{u'(b)+u'(a)}{2}∂U/∂p=u(b)−u(a)−(b−a)2u′(b)+u′(a)​.
  2. For convex u′u'u′ and s>0s>0s>0, U(p)U(p)U(p) is nonincreasing on (0,1)(0,1)(0,1).
  3. Appendix (4): lim⁡p→1−U(p)=u(m)+s22lim⁡y→−∞u′′(y)\lim_{p\to1^-}U(p)=u(m)+\frac{s^2}{2}\lim_{y\to-\infty}u''(y)limp→1−​U(p)=u(m)+2s2​limy→−∞​u′′(y), including the value −∞-\infty−∞.
  4. Proposition 3: every E[u(r)]E[u(r)]E[u(r)] dominates every A(m2+s2)+Bm+CA(m^2+s^2)+Bm+CA(m2+s2)+Bm+C with (A,B,C)∈Q(A,B,C)\in\mathcal Q(A,B,C)∈Q.
  5. The function d(y)=u(y)−u(m)(y−m)2−u′(m)y−md(y)=\frac{u(y)-u(m)}{(y-m)^2}-\frac{u'(m)}{y-m}d(y)=(y−m)2u(y)−u(m)​−y−mu′(m)​ is nondecreasing on {y≠m}\{y \neq m\}{y=m} when u′u'u′ is convex.
  6. Appendix (5): q(y)=12u′′(−∞)(y−m)2+u′(m)(y−m)+u(m)q(y)=\tfrac12u''(-\infty)(y-m)^2+u'(m)(y-m)+u(m)q(y)=21​u′′(−∞)(y−m)2+u′(m)(y−m)+u(m) supports uuu, and inf⁡y≠md(y)=lim⁡y→−∞d(y)=12u′′(−∞)\inf_{y\ne m}d(y)=\lim_{y\to-\infty}d(y)=\tfrac12u''(-\infty)infy=m​d(y)=limy→−∞​d(y)=21​u′′(−∞).

An additional item states Proposition 8: a monotone convex uuu has one-point support and U(m,s)=u(m)U(m,s)=u(m)U(m,s)=u(m).

Significance

Proposition 7 turns the worst-case expected utility into a mean-variance criterion with an explicit risk weight: a prudent investor (u′u'u′ convex) is penalized by 12lim⁡y→−∞u′′(y)\tfrac12\lim_{y\to-\infty}u''(y)21​limy→−∞​u′′(y) per unit of variance, an imprudent one by the limit at +∞+\infty+∞. With Proposition 1, the robust portfolio problem becomes max⁡x u(μx)+12L σx2\max_x\ u(\mu_x)+\tfrac12 L\,\sigma_x^2maxx​ u(μx​)+21​Lσx2​, a concave mean-variance program. For exponential utility the weight is −∞-\infty−∞ (Example 3 of the paper), so the robust investor must eliminate variance entirely; this is a qualitative statement about robustness that follows only from the −∞-\infty−∞ case of the theorem.

The result is published with a proof in the appendix of the paper. It has, to the best of our search, no machine-checked version, and the platform currently holds no statement of Propositions 3, 7 or 8 or Definition 3. A formal proof would also check two points where the printed argument is incomplete: the proof's step "lim⁡y→−∞u′(y)=∞\lim_{y\to-\infty}u'(y)=\inftylimy→−∞​u′(y)=∞" fails for affine uuu, where the theorem nevertheless holds, and the claim that uuu "has one-point support" fails when lim⁡u′′=−∞\lim u''=-\inftylimu′′=−∞ (see the scope section). Related platform work on worst-case expectations over ambiguity sets is the mission Wasserstein Distributionally Robust Optimization II, which uses a different ambiguity set.

Difficulty

The infimum ranges over all laws with two prescribed moments, an infinite-dimensional set with no compactness, and in the relevant cases it is not attained. The natural first idea, restricting to two-point laws and minimizing over ppp, gives only an upper bound (display (7)), and here the minimizing ppp runs off to the boundary: the extremal law puts vanishing mass on a point escaping to −∞-\infty−∞. Identifying the limiting value requires controlling u(m−sq)/(1+q2)u(m-sq)/(1+q^2)u(m−sq)/(1+q2) as q→∞q\to\inftyq→∞, a second-order asymptotic statement about uuu at −∞-\infty−∞. The matching lower bound requires a supporting quadratic whose curvature is exactly 12lim⁡u′′\tfrac12\lim u''21​limu′′; showing that it lies below uuu everywhere, not only near mmm, is a global statement that uses the convexity of u′u'u′ on the whole line. The finite-limit and infinite-limit cases also behave differently: in the second, no supporting quadratic exists at all.

Formalization scope

Laws are Measure ℝ with IsProbabilityMeasure, finite second moment is MemLp id 2, and the class is parameterized by mean mmm and variance s2s^2s2 with s≥0s\ge0s≥0. The statements are univariate: U(x)U(x)U(x) of the paper is the univariate objective at (μx,σx)(\mu_x,\sigma_x)(μx​,σx​) by Proposition 1 of the paper (mission I). Derivatives are deriv u and deriv (deriv u); "twice differentiable" is differentiability of uuu and of u′u'u′. Limits of u′′u''u′′ are explicit hypotheses (Tendsto … atBot (𝓝 L) or Tendsto … atBot atBot), never limUnder. Limits in ppp are one-sided inside (0,1)(0,1)(0,1). Expectations under two-point laws are written by the explicit formula (8).

"Min" is never a real ⨅, which Lean evaluates to 000 on sets unbounded below. The finite case uses IsGLB together with integrability of uuu under every law of the class; the infinite case asserts that integrable laws with arbitrarily small expected utility exist; Proposition 3 is stated as "every value ≥\ge≥ every value". Proposition 3 assumes uuu integrable under the law; Proposition 8 takes the infimum over laws under which uuu is integrable, which for convex uuu loses nothing.

One correction to the printed statement: Proposition 7 opens with "then uuu has one-point support", which is false when lim⁡u′′=−∞\lim u''=-\inftylimu′′=−∞, since no quadratic lies below 1−e−ay1-e^{-ay}1−e−ay on R\mathbb RR. The formalization asserts one-point support only in the finite-limit case and the value −∞-\infty−∞ in the other. A formalization that took min⁡\minmin as a real infimum, dropped the integrability conjunct, or asserted one-point support unconditionally would be either trivially satisfiable or false; none of these is used.

A complete development needs: moments of two-point laws, a second-order l'Hôpital or Taylor argument at −∞-\infty−∞, the trapezoid inequality for convex functions, and Jensen-type integration of quadratic lower bounds. The mean-variance class, the two-point objective and the supporting-quadratic lemmas are reusable for mission II and for other moment-problem bounds. Proofs of any milestone, and of part (b), are welcome.

Selected references

  • I. Popescu, Robust Mean-Covariance Solutions for Stochastic Optimization, Operations Research 55(1):98–112, 2007. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1060.0353
  • H. Scarf, A min-max solution of an inventory problem, in Studies in the Mathematical Theory of Inventory and Production, Stanford University Press, 1958.
  • J. R. Birge, J. H. Dulá, Bounding separable recourse functions with limited distribution information, Annals of Operations Research 30, 1991.
  • S. Karlin, W. J. Studden, Tchebycheff Systems: With Applications in Analysis and Statistics, Interscience, 1966.
11 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Machine LearningOperations ResearchOptimization+1·Captain: mikedeng1

A Distributional Interpretation of Robust Optimization II: Box-Robust Sample Average Optimization Is ConsistentResearch Paper

Why robustify a sampled stochastic program

Many decision problems under uncertainty take the form of a stochastic program: choose a decision vvv from a feasible set F\mathcal FF to maximise the expected utility Ex∼μ[f(v,x)]\mathbb E_{x\sim\mu}[f(v,x)]Ex∼μ​[f(v,x)], where the distribution μ\muμ of the uncertain parameter x∈Rmx\in\mathbb R^mx∈Rm is known only through i.i.d. samples x1,…,xnx_1,\dots,x_nx1​,…,xn​. The standard remedy, sample average approximation, maximises 1n∑if(v,xi)\frac1n\sum_i f(v,x_i)n1​∑i​f(v,xi​) instead. Its consistency (convergence of the optimal expected utility of its solutions to the true optimum) is classical, but it needs regularity assumptions of its own, for example those of King and Wets (Stochastics and Stochastic Reports, 1991), cited on p. 98 of the paper; the paper presents its construction as a route to consistency under weaker conditions.

Robust optimization (RO) takes a different route: it protects each sample by an uncertainty set and optimises against the worst point in it. Xu, Caramanis and Mannor (Math. Oper. Res. 2012) show that RO over several overlapping uncertainty sets is equivalent to a distributionally robust stochastic program (their Theorem 2.1, the subject of mission I of this series). Section 3 of the paper uses that equivalence to show that a specific robustification of the sampled problem, with ℓ∞\ell_\inftyℓ∞​ boxes of shrinking radius around each sample, is consistent under only boundedness and equicontinuity of fff. This mission formalizes that result, Theorem 3.1.

Setting

Equip Rm\mathbb R^mRm with the sup norm ∥z∥∞=max⁡k∣zk∣\|z\|_\infty=\max_k|z_k|∥z∥∞​=maxk​∣zk​∣, its Borel σ\sigmaσ-algebra and Lebesgue measure dxdxdx. The data are:

  • a set of decisions VVV and a nonempty feasible set F⊆V\mathcal F\subseteq VF⊆V;
  • a utility f:V×Rm→Rf:V\times\mathbb R^m\to\mathbb Rf:V×Rm→R, Borel measurable in xxx for each vvv;
  • a true density h∗h^*h∗ on Rm\mathbb R^mRm (nonnegative, ∫h∗ dx=1\int h^*\,dx=1∫h∗dx=1) and i.i.d. samples x1,x2,…x_1,x_2,\dotsx1​,x2​,… with distribution h∗(x) dxh^*(x)\,dxh∗(x)dx;
  • radii ϵ(n)>0\epsilon(n)>0ϵ(n)>0.

For a sample x1,…,xnx_1,\dots,x_nx1​,…,xn​ the boxes are Zi={xi+δ∣∥δ∥∞≤ϵ(n)}\mathcal Z_i=\{x_i+\delta\mid\|\delta\|_\infty\le\epsilon(n)\}Zi​={xi​+δ∣∥δ∥∞​≤ϵ(n)}, and the box-robust sample objective is

Jn(v)=1n∑i=1n inf⁡∥δi∥∞≤ϵ(n)f(v,xi+δi)=∑i=1n1ninf⁡xi′∈Zif(v,xi′).J_n(v)=\frac1n\sum_{i=1}^n\ \inf_{\|\delta_i\|_\infty\le\epsilon(n)}f(v,x_i+\delta_i)=\sum_{i=1}^n\frac1n\inf_{x_i'\in\mathcal Z_i}f(v,x_i').Jn​(v)=n1​i=1∑n​ ∥δi​∥∞​≤ϵ(n)inf​f(v,xi​+δi​)=i=1∑n​n1​xi′​∈Zi​inf​f(v,xi′​).

The RO solution v(n)v(n)v(n) is a maximiser of JnJ_nJn​ over F\mathcal FF. The equicontinuity modulus of fff is

d(ϵ)=sup⁡v, x, ∥δ∥∞≤ϵ∣f(v,x)−f(v,x+δ)∣.d(\epsilon)=\sup_{v,\,x,\ \|\delta\|_\infty\le\epsilon}|f(v,x)-f(v,x+\delta)|.d(ϵ)=v,x, ∥δ∥∞​≤ϵsup​∣f(v,x)−f(v,x+δ)∣.

The proof works with the distribution set Pn\mathcal P_nPn​ of probability measures μ\muμ with μ(⋃i∈SZi)≥∣S∣/n\mu(\bigcup_{i\in S}\mathcal Z_i)\ge|S|/nμ(⋃i∈S​Zi​)≥∣S∣/n for every S⊆{1,…,n}S\subseteq\{1,\dots,n\}S⊆{1,…,n}, and with the uniform box kernel density estimator

hn(x)=(nϵ(n)m)−1∑i=1nK(x−xiϵ(n)),K(z)=1(∥z∥∞≤1)2m.h_n(x)=(n\epsilon(n)^m)^{-1}\sum_{i=1}^nK\Big(\frac{x-x_i}{\epsilon(n)}\Big),\qquad K(z)=\frac{\mathbf 1(\|z\|_\infty\le1)}{2^m}.hn​(x)=(nϵ(n)m)−1i=1∑n​K(ϵ(n)x−xi​​),K(z)=2m1(∥z∥∞​≤1)​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.1 (p. 98)

Assume ∣f(v,x)∣≤C|f(v,x)|\le C∣f(v,x)∣≤C for all v,xv,xv,x; d(ϵ)→0d(\epsilon)\to0d(ϵ)→0 as ϵ↓0\epsilon\downarrow0ϵ↓0; ϵ(n)↓0\epsilon(n)\downarrow0ϵ(n)↓0 and nϵ(n)m↑∞n\epsilon(n)^m\uparrow\inftynϵ(n)m↑∞. Then for every choice of maximisers v(n)v(n)v(n), with probability one,

lim⁡n→∞∫Rmf(v(n),x) h∗(x) dx=sup⁡v∈F∫Rmf(v,x) h∗(x) dx.\lim_{n\to\infty}\int_{\mathbb R^m}f(v(n),x)\,h^*(x)\,dx=\sup_{v\in\mathcal F}\int_{\mathbb R^m}f(v,x)\,h^*(x)\,dx .n→∞lim​∫Rm​f(v(n),x)h∗(x)dx=v∈Fsup​∫Rm​f(v,x)h∗(x)dx.

Milestones (proof of Theorem 3.1, p. 99)

  1. hnh_nhn​ is the density of a probability measure in Pn\mathcal P_nPn​.
  2. Jn(v)≤∫f(v,x) hn(x) dxJ_n(v)\le\int f(v,x)\,h_n(x)\,dxJn​(v)≤∫f(v,x)hn​(x)dx for every vvv.
  3. Oscillation over a box: sup⁡Zif(v,⋅)−inf⁡Zif(v,⋅)≤d(2ϵ(n))\sup_{\mathcal Z_i}f(v,\cdot)-\inf_{\mathcal Z_i}f(v,\cdot)\le d(2\epsilon(n))supZi​​f(v,⋅)−infZi​​f(v,⋅)≤d(2ϵ(n)).
  4. Eq. (7): with Mn=C∫∣hn−h∗∣ dxM_n=C\int|h_n-h^*|\,dxMn​=C∫∣hn​−h∗∣dx, for every vvv,
Jn(v)−Mn≤∫f(v,x)h∗(x) dx≤Jn(v)+Mn+d(2ϵ(n)).J_n(v)-M_n\le\int f(v,x)h^*(x)\,dx\le J_n(v)+M_n+d(2\epsilon(n)).Jn​(v)−Mn​≤∫f(v,x)h∗(x)dx≤Jn​(v)+Mn​+d(2ϵ(n)).
  1. Strong L1L^1L1 consistency of the box kernel density estimator: if ϵ(n)→0\epsilon(n)\to0ϵ(n)→0 and nϵ(n)m→∞n\epsilon(n)^m\to\inftynϵ(n)m→∞, then ∫∣hn−h∗∣ dx→0\int|h_n-h^*|\,dx\to0∫∣hn​−h∗∣dx→0 almost surely.

Milestones 1–4 are deterministic statements about a fixed sample; milestone 5 is the only probabilistic input.

Significance

Theorem 3.1 gives consistency of a tractable robust reformulation of a sampled stochastic program under conditions the paper notes are weaker than those of King and Wets for sampled stochastic programs: fff need only be bounded and equicontinuous in xxx, uniformly in vvv, and the true distribution need only have a density. It also gives an explicit schedule for the size of the uncertainty set, ϵ(n)→0\epsilon(n)\to0ϵ(n)→0 with nϵ(n)m→∞n\epsilon(n)^m\to\inftynϵ(n)m→∞, the bandwidth condition of kernel density estimation. Section 4 of the paper applies the same distributional interpretation to regularised learning methods such as the support vector machine and the Lasso.

The result is proved in the paper, with the L1L^1L1 consistency of kernel density estimators (Devroye 1983; Devroye and Györfi 1985) cited rather than proved. No part of it is formalized in Lean or on this platform as far as a search of the platform found. A complete development would produce, besides Theorem 3.1, a machine-checked strong L1L^1L1 consistency theorem for kernel density estimators, which is a basic result of nonparametric statistics in its own right.

Difficulty

The deterministic part (milestones 1–4) is measure-theoretic bookkeeping: the kernel integrates to one only because the box is a sup-norm ball of volume (2ϵ)m(2\epsilon)^m(2ϵ)m, and every infimum and supremum must be handled with care, since fff need not attain them.

The obstacle is milestone 5. Almost-sure L1L^1L1 convergence of hnh_nhn​ to an arbitrary density h∗h^*h∗, with no continuity or support assumption, does not follow from the strong law of large numbers applied pointwise: hn(x)h_n(x)hn​(x) is an average of nnn terms whose law changes with nnn through ϵ(n)\epsilon(n)ϵ(n), and almost-sure convergence at each fixed xxx does not give convergence of the integral along a single sample path. The theorem needs both a bias estimate valid for every integrable density and a concentration estimate for the random L1L^1L1 error. Mathlib has Lebesgue differentiation and the strong law, but no kernel density estimator and no such concentration result.

Formalization scope

  • Rm\mathbb R^mRm is Fin m → ℝ, whose Mathlib norm is the sup norm; boxes are Metric.closedBall. The integrals ∫f(v,x)h∗(x) dx\int f(v,x)h^*(x)\,dx∫f(v,x)h∗(x)dx are Bochner integrals against Lebesgue measure of integrable integrands.
  • The samples are a sequence X : ℕ → Ω → Fin m → ℝ on a probability space, independent (iIndepFun) and each with law volume.withDensity h*; x1,x2,…x_1,x_2,\dotsx1​,x2​,… become X 0, X 1, …, and the nnn-th problem uses the first nnn. "With probability one" is ∀ᵐ ω ∂P.
  • The goal quantifies over every selection v(n)v(n)v(n) of maximisers, with no measurability assumed; a version with one chosen maximiser would be weaker and is ruled out.
  • Readings and corrections of the printed text:
    • the kernel argument printed (x−xi)/ϵ(x-x_i)/\epsilon(x−xi​)/ϵ on p. 98 is read as (x−xi)/ϵ(n)(x-x_i)/\epsilon(n)(x−xi​)/ϵ(n), as the proof on p. 99 writes it;
    • "max⁡v,x∣f(v,x)∣≤C\max_{v,x}|f(v,x)|\le Cmaxv,x​∣f(v,x)∣≤C" is read as the uniform bound ∣f∣≤C|f|\le C∣f∣≤C and the "max" in d(ϵ)d(\epsilon)d(ϵ) as a supremum;
    • "d(ϵ)↓0d(\epsilon)\downarrow0d(ϵ)↓0" is read as d(ϵ)→0d(\epsilon)\to0d(ϵ)→0 as ϵ↓0\epsilon\downarrow0ϵ↓0;
    • implicit hypotheses made explicit: F≠∅\mathcal F\ne\emptysetF=∅, ϵ(n)>0\epsilon(n)>0ϵ(n)>0, measurability of f(v,⋅)f(v,\cdot)f(v,⋅), h∗h^*h∗ a Lebesgue density;
    • the monotonicity in "ϵ(n)↓0\epsilon(n)\downarrow0ϵ(n)↓0, nϵ(n)m↑∞n\epsilon(n)^m\uparrow\inftynϵ(n)m↑∞" is kept in the goal; milestone 5 uses the limits only, as the paper states it;
    • the paper's MnM_nMn​ ("there exists {Mn}→0\{M_n\}\to0{Mn​}→0") is made explicit as Mn=C∫∣hn−h∗∣M_n=C\int|h_n-h^*|Mn​=C∫∣hn​−h∗∣, so Eq. (7) is stated for every sample.
  • Remark 3.2 and Appendix B (an integrable envelope in place of boundedness) are not part of this mission.
  • Every real infimum and supremum ranges over a nonempty set of values bounded by CCC in absolute value, so no statement holds through a junk value; a formalization in which the supremum over F\mathcal FF or the box infimum could be vacuous is excluded.
  • The definitions (boxes, Pn\mathcal P_nPn​, the kernel, the estimator, JnJ_nJn​, ddd) live in one definition file. Pn\mathcal P_nPn​ duplicates, with weights 1/n1/n1/n, the distribution set of mission I; the duplication is deliberate because draft missions cannot import each other.
  • Welcome contributions: the kernel density estimator and its strong L1L^1L1 consistency as reusable infrastructure, and any of the deterministic milestones.

Selected references

  • H. Xu, C. Caramanis, S. Mannor, A Distributional Interpretation of Robust Optimization, Mathematics of Operations Research 37(1):95–110, 2012. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1110.0531
  • L. Devroye, The equivalence of weak, strong and complete convergence in L1L_1L1​ for kernel density estimates, Annals of Statistics 11(3):896–904, 1983.
  • L. Devroye, L. Györfi, Nonparametric Density Estimation: The L1L_1L1​ View, Wiley, 1985.
  • A. J. King, R. J.-B. Wets, Epi-consistency of convex stochastic programs, Stochastics and Stochastic Reports 34(1), 1991 (reference [22] of the paper).
7 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Linear OptimizationOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Robust solutions of Linear Programming problems contaminated with uncertain data: A Violation-Probability Bound for the Robust CounterpartResearch Paper

Motivation

Linear programs solved in practice carry data that are measured, estimated or rounded. Ben-Tal and Nemirovski (Math. Program. 88, 2000) examined the NETLIB collection of real-world LPs and found that in 13 of them a relative perturbation of only 0.01% in the "ugly" coefficients of the inequality constraints can make the nominal optimal solution more than 50% infeasible (§2.3). Their remedy is the robust counterpart methodology: replace the nominal problem by a deterministic problem whose feasible solutions remain nearly feasible for every, or for all but a small probability of, data realizations.

The paper made the approach concrete for entry-wise uncertainty and gave the probabilistic guarantee that became a standard tool of robust and chance-constrained optimization. The main steps of the history are:

  • 1973, A. L. Soyster: the interval (worst-case, "box") counterpart, here called (IRC).
  • 1998–1999, Ben-Tal and Nemirovski (Math. Oper. Res. 23; Oper. Res. Lett. 25), and independently El Ghaoui and co-authors: robust optimization with ellipsoidal uncertainty sets.
  • 2000, this paper: the ellipsoid-plus-box counterpart (RC[ε, δ, Ω]) and Proposition 1, which bounds each constraint's violation probability by exp⁡{−Ω2/2}\exp\{-\Omega^2/2\}exp{−Ω2/2} under independent symmetric perturbations.
  • 2004, Bertsimas and Sim (Oper. Res. 52): the budgeted counterpart, with an analogous probability bound.

Setting

An uncertain linear program is

minimize cTxs.t.Ex=e,Ax≤b,ℓ≤x≤u,(LP)\text{minimize } c^Tx\quad\text{s.t.}\quad Ex=e,\qquad Ax\le b,\qquad \ell\le x\le u,\tag{LP}minimize cTxs.t.Ex=e,Ax≤b,ℓ≤x≤u,(LP)

with x∈Rnx\in\mathbb{R}^nx∈Rn, E∈Rp×nE\in\mathbb{R}^{p\times n}E∈Rp×n, A=(aij)∈Rm×nA=(a_{ij})\in\mathbb{R}^{m\times n}A=(aij​)∈Rm×n, and bounds ℓj∈R∪{−∞}\ell_j\in\mathbb{R}\cup\{-\infty\}ℓj​∈R∪{−∞}, uj∈R∪{+∞}u_j\in\mathbb{R}\cup\{+\infty\}uj​∈R∪{+∞}. For each inequality row iii a set Ji⊆{1,…,n}J_i\subseteq\{1,\dots,n\}Ji​⊆{1,…,n} lists the uncertain entries aija_{ij}aij​, j∈Jij\in J_ij∈Ji​. Only these entries are uncertain; E,e,b,ℓ,u,cE,e,b,\ell,u,cE,e,b,ℓ,u,c are exact.

Given an uncertainty level ϵ>0\epsilon>0ϵ>0 and a feasibility tolerance δ>0\delta>0δ>0, write bi+=bi+δmax⁡[1,∣bi∣]b_i^+=b_i+\delta\max[1,|b_i|]bi+​=bi​+δmax[1,∣bi​∣].

  • xxx is reliable if it is feasible for (LP) and ∑j∉Jiaijxj+∑j∈Jia~ijxj≤bi+\sum_{j\notin J_i}a_{ij}x_j+\sum_{j\in J_i}\tilde a_{ij}x_j\le b_i^+∑j∈/Ji​​aij​xj​+∑j∈Ji​​a~ij​xj​≤bi+​ for every iii and every choice of a~ij\tilde a_{ij}a~ij​ with ∣a~ij−aij∣≤ϵ∣aij∣|\tilde a_{ij}-a_{ij}|\le\epsilon|a_{ij}|∣a~ij​−aij​∣≤ϵ∣aij​∣.
  • In the random symmetric uncertainty model, the true coefficients are a~ij=(1+ϵξij)aij\tilde a_{ij}=(1+\epsilon\xi_{ij})a_{ij}a~ij​=(1+ϵξij​)aij​, where ξij=0\xi_{ij}=0ξij​=0 for j∉Jij\notin J_ij∈/Ji​ and, for each row iii, {ξij}j∈Ji\{\xi_{ij}\}_{j\in J_i}{ξij​}j∈Ji​​ are independent random variables, each symmetrically distributed in [−1,1][-1,1][−1,1].
  • xxx is almost reliable with level κ\kappaκ if it is feasible for (LP) and Pr⁡{∑ja~ijxj>bi+}≤κ\Pr\{\sum_j\tilde a_{ij}x_j>b_i^+\}\le\kappaPr{∑j​a~ij​xj​>bi+​}≤κ for every iii.

The robust counterpart (RC[ε, δ, Ω]), with a safety parameter Ω>0\Omega>0Ω>0, has variables xjx_jxj​, yijy_{ij}yij​, zijz_{ij}zij​ and constraints Ex=eEx=eEx=e, Ax≤bAx\le bAx≤b, ℓ≤x≤u\ell\le x\le uℓ≤x≤u, −yij≤xj−zij≤yij-y_{ij}\le x_j-z_{ij}\le y_{ij}−yij​≤xj​−zij​≤yij​ for all i,ji,ji,j, and

∑jaijxj+ϵ[∑j∈Ji∣aij∣yij+Ω∑j∈Jiaij2zij2]≤bi+∀i.\sum_j a_{ij}x_j+\epsilon\Big[\sum_{j\in J_i}|a_{ij}|y_{ij}+\Omega\sqrt{\sum_{j\in J_i}a_{ij}^2z_{ij}^2}\Big]\le b_i^+\qquad\forall i.j∑​aij​xj​+ϵ[j∈Ji​∑​∣aij​∣yij​+Ωj∈Ji​∑​aij2​zij2​​]≤bi+​∀i.

The interval robust counterpart (IRC[ε, δ]) has variables xj,yjx_j,y_jxj​,yj​ and the constraint ∑jaijxj+ϵ∑j∈Ji∣aij∣yj≤bi+\sum_ja_{ij}x_j+\epsilon\sum_{j\in J_i}|a_{ij}|y_j\le b_i^+∑j​aij​xj​+ϵ∑j∈Ji​​∣aij​∣yj​≤bi+​ with −yj≤xj≤yj-y_j\le x_j\le y_j−yj​≤xj​≤yj​, besides the nominal ones. Problem (∗) is the same with yjy_jyj​ replaced by ∣xj∣|x_j|∣xj​∣.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 1 (pp. 418–419)

If xxx extends to a feasible solution (x,y,z)(x,y,z)(x,y,z) of (RC[ε, δ, Ω]), then xxx is feasible for (LP) and, for every iii,

Pr⁡{∑j(1+ϵξij)aijxj>bi+δmax⁡[1,∣bi∣]}≤exp⁡{−Ω2/2}.\Pr\Big\{\sum_j(1+\epsilon\xi_{ij})a_{ij}x_j>b_i+\delta\max[1,|b_i|]\Big\}\le\exp\{-\Omega^2/2\}.Pr{j∑​(1+ϵξij​)aij​xj​>bi​+δmax[1,∣bi​∣]}≤exp{−Ω2/2}.

Milestones

  1. The reduction in the proof of Proposition 1 (p. 419), in corrected pointwise form: a violation of row iii forces ∑j∈Jiξijaijzij>Ω∑j∈Jiaij2zij2\sum_{j\in J_i}\xi_{ij}a_{ij}z_{ij}>\Omega\sqrt{\sum_{j\in J_i}a_{ij}^2z_{ij}^2}∑j∈Ji​​ξij​aij​zij​>Ω∑j∈Ji​​aij2​zij2​​.
  2. Eq. (1), p. 419: for independent symmetric ηj∈[−1,1]\eta_j\in[-1,1]ηj​∈[−1,1] and reals pjp_jpj​,
Pr⁡{∑jηjpj>Ω∑jpj2}≤exp⁡{−Ω2/2}.\Pr\Big\{\sum_j\eta_jp_j>\Omega\sqrt{\textstyle\sum_jp_j^2}\Big\}\le\exp\{-\Omega^2/2\}.Pr{j∑​ηj​pj​>Ω∑j​pj2​​}≤exp{−Ω2/2}.
  1. xxx is reliable iff it is feasible for (∗) (p. 417).
  2. (∗) is equivalent to (IRC[ε, δ]) (pp. 417–418).
  3. Every feasible solution of (IRC) yields one of (RC) with yij=yjy_{ij}=y_jyij​=yj​, zij=0z_{ij}=0zij​=0 (p. 420).
  4. Feasibility for (LP) together with ∑jaijxj+ϵβi(x)≤bi+\sum_ja_{ij}x_j+\epsilon\beta_i(x)\le b_i^+∑j​aij​xj​+ϵβi​(x)≤bi+​, βi(x)=Ω∑j∈Jiaij2xj2\beta_i(x)=\Omega\sqrt{\sum_{j\in J_i}a_{ij}^2x_j^2}βi​(x)=Ω∑j∈Ji​​aij2​xj2​​, suffices to extend xxx to (RC) (p. 420).
  5. The ratio αi(x)/βi(x)\alpha_i(x)/\beta_i(x)αi​(x)/βi​(x), αi(x)=∑j∈Ji∣aij∣∣xj∣\alpha_i(x)=\sum_{j\in J_i}|a_{ij}||x_j|αi​(x)=∑j∈Ji​​∣aij​∣∣xj​∣, is at most card(Ji)/Ω\sqrt{\mathrm{card}(J_i)}/\Omegacard(Ji​)​/Ω, with equality attained (p. 420, corrected).

Significance

Proposition 1 turns a probabilistic requirement, which is hard to handle directly, into a single convex (second-order-cone) program. The bound exp⁡{−Ω2/2}\exp\{-\Omega^2/2\}exp{−Ω2/2} does not depend on the dimension, on the number of uncertain entries, or on which symmetric distributions the perturbations follow, so Ω\OmegaΩ can be chosen from the desired reliability level alone. Together with milestones 3–6, the mission certifies the whole chain: the worst-case notion of reliability is exactly Soyster's linear program (IRC), and (RC) is never more conservative than (IRC), with an advantage that can reach the factor card(Ji)/Ω\sqrt{\mathrm{card}(J_i)}/\Omegacard(Ji​)​/Ω.

The results are proved in the paper; to our knowledge none of them is machine-checked. A formal development produces a reusable model of entry-wise uncertain LPs, the counterparts (∗), (IRC) and (RC) as Lean predicates, and a Hoeffding-type bound for weighted sums of symmetric bounded variables in the exact form (1). The platform's HighDimProb.Concentration.hoeffding_rademacher covers the Rademacher special case only.

Difficulty

The deterministic parts (milestones 1, 3–7) are elementary: worst cases of interval perturbations, and the Cauchy–Schwarz inequality. The obstacle lies in the probabilistic step. The printed proof passes from ξijaij\xi_{ij}a_{ij}ξij​aij​ to ξij∣aij∣\xi_{ij}|a_{ij}|ξij​∣aij​∣ with an equality that holds only in distribution, and contains index misprints, so it cannot be transcribed line by line; the reduction has to be restated pointwise. Eq. (1) is a tail bound for general symmetric variables in [−1,1][-1,1][−1,1], not only for random signs; the step (c) of the printed proof of (1) is written as an equality that holds only for random signs, so that proof too needs repair. The degenerate case ∑jpj2=0\sum_jp_j^2=0∑j​pj2​=0 must be handled rather than assumed away.

Formalization scope

  • Data are a structure UncertainLP n p m over Fin indices (0-based), with A : Matrix (Fin m) (Fin n) ℝ, J : Fin m → Finset (Fin n) arbitrary, and EReal bounds so that infinite bounds are expressible. The objective ccc is omitted: no statement involves it.
  • The probability space is (S,P)(S,\mathbb P)(S,P) with IsProbabilityMeasure; the name SSS avoids a clash with the safety parameter Ω\OmegaΩ. Symmetry is equality of the laws of ξij\xi_{ij}ξij​ and −ξij-\xi_{ij}−ξij​; values lie in [−1,1][-1,1][−1,1] at every outcome; independence is required within each row only, with no identical distribution (§3.1 says only "independent", which is weaker than the "iid" of §2.2). Probabilities are P.real.
  • The hypotheses ϵ>0\epsilon>0ϵ>0, δ>0\delta>0δ>0, Ω>0\Omega>0Ω>0 are the paper's standing assumptions and are carried by every theorem that mentions the parameter.
  • Corrections of the printed text: aijxi→aijxja_{ij}x_i\to a_{ij}x_jaij​xi​→aij​xj​ in (IRC); ∑j∈J→∑j∈Ji\sum_{j\in J}\to\sum_{j\in J_i}∑j∈J​→∑j∈Ji​​ in (RC); the reduction of milestone 1 is stated with aija_{ij}aij​ and zijz_{ij}zij​ in place of the printed ∣aij∣|a_{ij}|∣aij​∣, xi−yijx_i-y_{ij}xi​−yij​ and yjy_jyj​, yijy_{ij}yij​; and the ratio of milestone 7 carries the factor 1/Ω1/\Omega1/Ω that the printed "card(Ji)\sqrt{\mathrm{card}(J_i)}card(Ji​)​" omits.
  • Ruling out trivializations: the violation event uses the signed multiplicative model (1+ϵξij)aij(1+\epsilon\xi_{ij})a_{ij}(1+ϵξij​)aij​, never ∣aij∣|a_{ij}|∣aij​∣ or an additive perturbation; the goal concludes both nominal feasibility (i) and the probability bound (ii′) for every row; no hypothesis excludes the degenerate case ∑j∈Jiaij2zij2=0\sum_{j\in J_i}a_{ij}^2z_{ij}^2=0∑j∈Ji​​aij2​zij2​=0; and the probability model is satisfiable (e.g. by ξ≡0\xi\equiv0ξ≡0 or by Rademacher signs), so the goal is not vacuous.
  • The numerical remarks of the paper (0.92, 5.24, 10−610^{-6}10−6, "at least 30") and the NETLIB case study are not formalized.
  • Reusable beyond this mission: the uncertain-LP model and the three counterparts, and the tail bound (1). Contributions of general lemmas about symmetric bounded random variables are welcome.

Selected references

  • A. Ben-Tal, A. Nemirovski, Robust solutions of Linear Programming problems contaminated with uncertain data, Math. Program. Ser. A 88 (2000) 411–424. https://doi.org/10.1007/s101070000163
  • A. L. Soyster, Convex programming with set-inclusive constraints and applications to inexact linear programming, Oper. Res. 21 (1973) 1154–1157. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.21.5.1154
  • A. Ben-Tal, A. Nemirovski, Robust convex optimization, Math. Oper. Res. 23 (1998) 769–805. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.23.4.769
  • A. Ben-Tal, A. Nemirovski, Robust solutions of uncertain linear programs, Oper. Res. Lett. 25 (1999) 1–13. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0167-6377(99)00016-4
  • D. Bertsimas, M. Sim, The price of robustness, Oper. Res. 52 (2004) 35–53. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1030.0065
  • W. Hoeffding, Probability inequalities for sums of bounded random variables, J. Amer. Statist. Assoc. 58 (1963) 13–30. https://doi.org/10.1080/01621459.1963.10500830
12 thms4 active usersReviewed
PreviousPage 3 of 28Next

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

About Prove2Me

Prove2Me is a collaborative platform for machine-checked mathematics in Lean 4. Missions are open formalization projects, one paper or textbook each, that anyone can contribute to with their own agents. Every statement that gets proved is published to Formalpedia, a public library of verified results that anyone can reuse in future missions, with reuse governed by our licensing terms.

How Prove2Me worksResearch paper
SKILL.mdTourFAQContactTerms
© 2026 Prove2Me